VSOURCE INC
10KSB, 2000-05-11
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: BNC MORTGAGE INC, SC 13D/A, 2000-05-11
Next: RISCORP INC, DEFM14A, 2000-05-11



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB
(Mark  One)
[X]   ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 2000.
                                       OR
[ ]   TRANSITION  REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
      EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM __________ TO
      ____________
                        Commission file number: 000-30326

                                  VSOURCE, INC.
        (Exact name of small business issuer as specified in its charter)

     NEVADA                                         95-3538903
     (State or other jurisdiction                   (I.R.S.  Employer
     of incorporation or organization)              Identification  No.)

    5740 RALSTON STREET, SUITE  110                 93003
     VENTURA, CALIFORNIA                          (Zip  Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (805) 677-6720

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (b) OF THE ACT:
                                        NONE

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 (g) OF THE ACT:
                      COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1)  filed all reports required to
be  filed  by  Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months
(or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant was required to file such
reports),  and  (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.
                      Yes  X  No
                          ---

Indicate  by  check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of  Regulation  S-B  is  not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  registrant's  knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to
this  Form  10-KSB.
[ X ]

State issuer's revenues for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000        $3,500

Aggregate  market  value of the Registrant's Common Stock (based on the price at
which  such  equity  was  sold  on April 17, 2000) held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant.  --                                                    $244,611,680.

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of April 17, 2000     15,905,977
Number  of  shares  of  Series 1-A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of
April  17,  2000                                                       2,802,000

                    Documents  Incorporated  By  Reference

The information required by Part III of this report, to the extent not set forth
herein,  is  incorporated herein by reference from the issuer's definitive proxy
statement  relating  to  the  annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000,
which  definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report
relates.  The  Independent Auditors' Report on the  financial  statements  dated
May 15,  1999  except  for  Note 10  to  the financial statements which is as of
September  3, 1999, is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  issuer's
Registration  statement  of  Form  10SB  previously  filed  with  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (SEC File. No.  000-26563).


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 TABLE  OF  CONTENTS
                                 -------------------
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                                     PART  I

<S>       <C>                                                               <C>
Item 1.   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Item 2.   DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS . . . . . . . . 20

                                     PART II
Item 5.   MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS . . . . . .20
Item 6.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
            CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Item 7.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
            REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY . . . . . . . . . 32
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Item 8.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

                                     PART III
Item 9.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS;
            COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT . . . . . . . . 40
Item 10.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 11.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT . . 40
Item 12.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . 40
Item 13.   EXHIBITS, REPORTS ON FORM 8-K, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES . 40
             EXHIBITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
             REPORTS ON FORM 8-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
             SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1.  DESCRIPTION  OF  BUSINESS

     This  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB and the documents incorporated herein by
reference  contain  forward-looking  statements  based  on current expectations,
estimates and projections about the Company's industry, management's beliefs and
certain  assumptions  made  by management.  All statements, trends, analyses and
other  information  contained  in  this  report relative to trends in net sales,
gross margin, anticipated expense levels and liquidity and capital resources, as
well  as  other  statements  including,  but  not  limited  to,  words  such  as
"anticipate,"  "believe,"  "plan,"  "estimate,"  "expect," "seek," "intend," and
other  similar  expressions,  constitute  forward-looking  statements.  These
forward-looking  statements  are  not  guarantees  of future performance and are
subject  to  certain  risks  and  uncertainties  that  are difficult to predict.
Accordingly,  actual  results  may  differ  materially from those anticipated or
expressed  in such statements.  Potential risks and uncertainties include, among
others,  those  set  forth in this Item 1 as well as under "Item 6. MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -
LIQUIDITY  AND  CAPITAL  RESOURCES."  PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHOULD BE PAID TO THE
CAUTIONARY  STATEMENTS  INVOLVING  THE  COMPANY'S LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY, THE
UNPREDICTABILITY  OF  ITS  FUTURE  REVENUES,  THE  COMPANY'S  NEED  FOR  AND THE
AVAILABILITY  OF  CAPITAL  RESOURCES, THE EVOLVING NATURE OF ITS BUSINESS MODEL,
THE INTENSELY COMPETITIVE MARKET FOR BUSINES-TO-BUSINESS ELECTRONIC PROCUREMENT,
AND  THE  RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT, MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH AND
BUSINESS  EXPANSION.  Except  as  required  by  law,  the  Company undertakes no
obligation  to  update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new
information,  future  events  or  otherwise.  Readers, however, should carefully
review  the  factors  set  forth  in other reports or documents that the Company
files  from  time  to  time with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

OVERVIEW

     Vsource,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  is  positioning  itself  to  be a leading
provider of business-to-business electronic procurement services (eProcurement).
The  Company's  Virtual  Source  Network  (VSN)  allows  buyers and suppliers to
conduct business transactions on the Internet in an efficient and cost-effective
manner.  The  Company creates and markets its eProcurement services via a "pure"
Internet-based  Application  Service  Provider  (ASP)  model  which  enables the
Company's  clients  to access computer software and data that reside on a remote
server  rather  than  the user's own computer or local area network server.  The
clients  may access the Company's software on a rental basis through an Internet
browser  and,  therefore,  are  not  required  to  invest  in the ownership of a
perpetual  right  to  use  the  software, nor do the clients have to procure any
hardware  to operate the software application.  Using the ASP model, the Company
charges  an initial set-up fee to use the software and then charges on a time or
transaction basis for usage of the software depending on the requirements of the
individual  client.

     The  Company's  objective  is to create the leading pure Internet-based ASP
electronic  commerce  network platform for the business-to-business customer and
supplier.  The  Company  intends  to  create the leading virtual marketplace for
business-to-business  goods  and  services,  and  feels  that the ASP technology
provides  customers  an  advantage  not  presently  offered  by  competitive
eProcurement  providers.

INDUSTRY  BACKGROUND

     GROWTH  OF  THE  INTERNET  AND  E-COMMERCE

     The  Internet  has  emerged  as the fastest growing communication medium in
history.  eMarketer,  a leading Internet consulting firm, has estimated that the
number  of  Internet  users  in the United States will reach 66 million in 2000,
with  projected  growth to more than 100 million users by 2002.  The Internet is
dramatically  changing  how  businesses  and  individuals  communicate,  share
information  and  conduct  business,  such  as  business-to-consumer  and
person-to-person  electronic  commerce.  Recently,  the  widespread  adoption of
intranets and the acceptance of the Internet as a business communications medium
have created a foundation for business-to-business electronic commerce that will
enable  organizations  to  streamline complex processes, lower costs and improve
productivity.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>
     INEFFICIENCIES  IN  TRADITIONAL  BUSINESS  PROCUREMENT

     Historically,  most organizations have purchased goods and services through
paper-based  or  semi-automated  processes.  These  processes  are  costly, time
consuming,  complex  and  often  include  the  re-keying of information, lengthy
approval  cycles  and  significant  attention  of  financial  and administrative
personnel.  Furthermore,  corporate  purchasing  has  historically  been  highly
fragmented  and decentralized, thus making it difficult for businesses to manage
employee  purchases,  control  spending  and prevent duplicative or unauthorized
ordering.  The  cost  of  each corporate purchasing transaction generally ranges
from $75 to $175, often exceeding the cost of the items being purchased.  Facing
increasing  competitive  pressures  to  lower  costs  and  improve productivity,
businesses  are  seeking  to  replace these traditional paper-based transactions
with  centralized  eProcurement  solutions  that  provide  cost-effective  and
efficient  networks for the purchase of goods and services.  Beyond the time and
expense  associated  with  manual  processing  costs,  organizations suffer even
greater  costs  when  they  cannot fully exploit procurement economies of scale.
Most  businesses  lack  the  systems  that  enable them to monitor purchases and
compile  data  necessary  to  negotiate  better  volume discounts with preferred
suppliers.  When  preferred  suppliers are not used, the cost of items purchased
tends  to  be  higher.  With  the  increasingly  widespread use of the Internet,
businesses are now in a position to further automate purchasing activities.  The
availability  of  this  technology  creates a significant market opportunity for
Internet-based  business-to-business  electronic  commerce  solutions. With this
foundation,  management  believes  that  Internet-based,  business-  to-business
electronic  commerce is poised for rapid and substantial growth and represents a
significantly  larger  opportunity than business-to-consumer or person-to-person
electronic  commerce. Numerous well-regarded market research organizations, such
as  the  GartnerGroup and Yankee Group, have projected that business-to-business
e-commerce  will grow substantially during the next few years. The GartnerGroup,
for  example,  has projected that business-to-business e-commerce will grow from
$145  billion  worldwide  in  1999  to  $7.4  trillion  worldwide  in  2004.

TRADITIONAL  ELECTRONIC  PROCUREMENT  SOLUTIONS

     Currently  a number of companies provide traditional eProcurement solutions
that  attempt  to  reduce the inefficiencies of corporate purchasing through the
implementation  of  information  technology.  However,  while these solutions do
facilitate  eProcurement  transactions,  the Company believes that each of these
solutions has limitations that will prevent widespread adoption of the platforms
by  business  consumers  and  suppliers.

     -    Businesses have  historically  looked to electronic  data  interchange
          ("EDI") systems to address procurement cycle  inefficiencies.  EDI has
          gained wide  acceptance  in  automating  the sale and  procurement  of
          goods, principally in environments characterized by high dollar-volume
          transactions with a limited number of suppliers. EDI systems involve a
          uniform set of formats for  commercial  documents  used in procurement
          that are exchanged across private networks without human intervention.
          Because the EDI model relies on the uniformity of  documentation,  and
          therefore  transactions,   it  is  not  well  suited  to  address  the
          requirements of a dynamic  procurement  environment  involving a large
          community  of  buyers  and  sellers  of a wide  variety  of goods  and
          services.  Furthermore,  the EDI  model  does  not  provide  real-time
          interaction  between the buyer and seller, thus leaving the buyer with
          supplier information that may not be up to date. Lastly, the EDI model
          involves a high-cost of  installation  and  maintenance in addition to
          significant transaction fees making it an unsuitable solution for most
          businesses.

     -    Many vendors have developed  purchasing software systems to coordinate
          the  purchasing  of  goods  and  services  across  large  enterprises.
          However,  theses systems tend to be  cost-prohibitive  due to up-front
          licensing  fees  that can  exceed $1  million  and  maintenance  fees.
          Furthermore,  these systems tend to be very complex,  thus requiring a
          lengthy and expensive implementation process.

     Neither  of  these  current  solutions provides the full spectrum of online
functions,  such  as  placing simultaneous bid requests with multiple suppliers,
that  is  needed to create an open electronic marketplace for the procurement of
goods  and services.  Furthermore, both solutions are too costly for all but the
largest  businesses.  The  Internet,  on  the  other  hand,  provides  the
cost-effective  medium through which an open and interoperable trading community
can be established and grown.  With the widespread adoption of the Internet as a
business  communication platform, a significant market opportunity exists for an
Internet-based  business-to-business  electronic  commerce  solution.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
THE  VSOURCE  SOLUTION

     The  VSN  Network  ("VSN")  is  the  Company's  flagship  product. It is an
Internet-based  application  that requires no software on the client side beyond
an  Internet  browser.  VSN allows organizations to establish central control --
and  either  centralized  or  decentralized  implementation - of procurement for
indirect  and  direct  goods and services. These include maintenance, repair and
operations  (MRO), capital equipment, services, travel and entertainment and all
of  the  finished  goods  and  raw  materials  required  by  any  business.  VSN
accommodates  100%  of the procurement process within the supply chain.  Because
customers do not have to install software on their servers and client computers,
the  average cost to test the effectiveness of VSN is less than $25,000.  If the
Company  then  elects to deploy VSN, they can select from five levels ranging in
both  cost  and  complexity.

     With  VSN,  the  inefficiencies  associated  with  paper-based  procurement
processes are significantly reduced.  Information only needs to be entered once,
and a continuous audit trail follows all transactions.  This means that clerical
activities,  such  as  re-keying  information,  are  substantially  reduced  or
eliminated.  Further,  since  VSN  automatically  tracks data, such as volume of
purchases  from  each  supplier,  much  less time is required from financial and
administrative  personnel to monitor results.  Approval cycle times are reduced,
since  the  application  provides  user-specific access controls, such as budget
limits,  item  purchase  authorization  limits,  and  restricted  supplier
availability.  This  enables  organizations  to  reduce or eliminate the complex
approval  processes  that  slow  the  purchase cycle, and it greatly reduces the
likelihood  of  unauthorized  ordering  from  non-approved  suppliers.

     When  VSN  is  employed  throughout an organization, the purchasing process
becomes  much  more  uniform  and  streamlined  than  with  paper-based  or
semi-automated  processes.  Each  user  can  place  orders  directly,  based  on
individual  authorization  limits.  While  procurement  can  be implemented in a
decentralized  manner,  it  can  be controlled centrally, along with the flow of
information.  Organizations  are  able  to better utilize historical and current
purchasing  information  to  negotiate  more  cost  effective  agreements  with
preferred  suppliers  and  achieve  much  greater  economies of scale.  Finally,
organizations  can  focus  resources  on  developing  improved supply strategies
rather  than  conducting  transactional  procurement.

BENEFITS  OF  THE  VSOURCE  SOLUTION

     -    Greater  Access for  Businesses of All Sizes.  VSN provides all of its
          members access to new customer and supplier  relationships through its
          eProcurement  network.  The  system  provides  an  extremely  easy and
          efficient  way  for  members  to  communicate  with a broad  array  of
          companies at a low cost and with little risk. Furthermore, because VSN
          only requires an Internet browser as an interface, it is an innovative
          platform for offering eProcurement  solutions to small-to-medium sized
          businesses that might not otherwise be able to afford such a system.

     -    Speed to  Implement.  Typical  procurement  implementation  cycles can
          range from 6 to 18 months and  require  significant  human  resources.
          Conversely,  depending  on the number of users being  entered into the
          system,  a procurement  client can implement VSN in just 1 week.  More
          complex  organizations  could take up to 2 to 3 months,  not including
          systems  integration  between legacy systems and VSN. However,  VSN is
          fully functional in parallel with the integration  effort, so there is
          no waiting time or opportunity cost to using VSN.

     -    Cost  Flexibility.  The VSN pricing  structure is highly  flexible and
          accommodates how companies want to manage their business. The low cost
          makes it a truly "disposable" solution for companies who prefer not to
          make  large  capital   expenditures  in  technology  that  is  rapidly
          changing.  Components of VSN can be selected  according to a company's
          current  needs,  yet  offer a way for  companies  to stay  with VSN by
          adding capability as their needs grow.  Likewise,  companies that have
          already  invested in other  procurement  processes  can  leverage  the
          Request For Quote (RFQ) and product development capabilities of VSN by
          utilizing it as a front-end system.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
     -    True Scalability. VSN can accommodate an unlimited number of users and
          can access an unlimited number of suppliers.

     -    Improved  Management and Control.  Every user in VSN can have a unique
          profile along with associated  permissions and workflow  assigned by a
          manager.  Therefore, users can only purchase items that are previously
          approved  for their  profile and fall within a specified  dollar value
          threshold.

     -    Ease of Use and Configuration.  VSN is easily configured by the client
          and has pre-determined  default  configurations that companies can opt
          to use.  The  entire  configuration  process  is menu  and  "checkbox"
          driven.  All forms,  defaults and user  access/workflow  can be edited
          online.

     -    Access to All  Products/Services.  VSN  enables  direct  and  indirect
          purchasing of products and services.  VSN  accommodates  fixed catalog
          content similar to competitors,  as well as additional catalog content
          provided by RFQ responses previously requested by the company.

     -    World  Class   Systems   Integration.   The   Company   uses  IBM  and
          PricewaterhouseCoopers  as  the  preferred  providers  of  procurement
          consulting and systems  integration  services for its clients for most
          Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and legacy systems integration.

     -    Training and After Sales Support.  The Company has contracted with IBM
          Global Services to provide full training  services for up front system
          planning,  user  training,  ongoing  training  design  and  help  desk
          services.

     -    Platform  Independence.  VSN  is  not  software-based,   thus  systems
          integration  only  consists  of  mapping  the VSN  database  to  share
          information with the client's systems. VSN is compatible with Windows,
          Unix and Apple operating systems.

     -    Project Management. VSN can embed project codes into a user profile so
          that all costs associated with a project can be tracked.

     -    Formation   of   Consortiums/Trading   Communities.   VSN  easily  and
          economically  enables companies to form consortiums among their chosen
          trading communities or across multiple industries.  Companies can host
          consortiums  for their suppliers and customers or can align with other
          companies   who  buy   similar   items.   VSN  offers  the   security,
          affordability and configuration  flexibility of the Company's solution
          that make it a viable  solution for any company  seeking to capitalize
          on the opportunities presented by consortium purchases.

THE  VSOURCE  GROWTH  STRATEGY

     The  Company's  objective  is to create the leading pure Internet-based ASP
electronic  commerce  network platform for the business-to-business customer and
supplier.  Key  strategies  to  achieve  this  objective  include:

     -    Market  and sell  VSN  through  direct  sales to  private  and  public
          organizations  in a variety of industries  on a global  basis.  VSN is
          being  marketed  to this  group as a  cost-effective  new  process  to
          replace  traditional  software-based  procurement  systems.  Large and
          medium  sized  organizations  are seeking  alternatives  to  expensive
          software  systems,  and they  are  looking  for ways to  significantly
          reduce total procurement costs.

     -    Develop joint marketing programs with alliance partners, consisting of
          companies that offer complementary technology, products or services to
          VSN.  Alliance  relationships are also formed with companies that plan
          to  market  VSN  directly  to  their  own  customer  bases  as part of
          comprehensive electronic business application packages.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
     -    Develop  relationships with marketplace hosts, who will use VSN as the
          engine for a variety of electronic marketplaces.  VSN would act as the
          eProcurement  engine  for  industry-specific   electronic  procurement
          marketplaces,  or VSN may be the  eProcurement  portion  of a  broader
          electronic business marketplace.

PRODUCTS  AND  SERVICES

     VIRTUAL  SOURCE  NETWORK(VSN)

     Currently  all  financial, technical and marketing resources of the Company
are  dedicated  to  VSN.  The  Company  plans to sell VSN through a direct sales
force,  through  independent  resellers,  and  through strategic partnerships in
which VSN will be offered to the partner's base of customers. VSN is designed to
be  sold  initially through a pilot program for on-going transaction fees and an
initial  set-up fee of $25,000. During the pilot program, the client is expected
to  test  the  functionality  of VSN and determine how much customization of the
system,  if  any, is required for a full implementation. The costs to the client
of a full implementation may be significant, particularly if the client requires
sophisticated  integration  with internal ERP or accounting systems. Most of the
costs  will  result  from  the  use  of outside systems consultants (non-Company
employees)  to perform the integration. Management expects that these costs will
vary  significantly  from  client  to  client.

     While  VSN is accessed by the Internet, all customer-specific data, such as
special  catalogs  and purchasing-related data, is kept confidential by means of
encryption  and  other  data  security  features. Clients only know of other VSN
clients  if  they have reason to do business with each other. Clients use VSN to
purchase  items by generating electronic purchase orders directly after shopping
in  online  catalogs.  Clients  may  also  initiate RFQs, Requests for Proposals
(RFPs)  or  Requests for Information (RFIs) which are electronically distributed
to vendors via the Internet. Vendors respond, via the Internet, with appropriate
information,  proposals  or  price  quotations  for the items requested. At that
point, the client may select one of the vendor quotations and send an electronic
purchase  order,  or  the  buyer  may communicate electronically with the vendor
regarding  counter-proposals  or  to  request  additional  information.

     All buying processes are completed by  issuing  electronic purchase orders,
receiving  electronic  invoices  from the suppliers, verifying that the invoiced
goods  or  services  have  been  received,  and  issuing payment authorizations.
Clients  also can have VSN data exported to requisite internal ERP or accounting
systems,  although  this  will  require  the  use  of  customized  interfaces or
third-party  interconnection  products.

     During  1997 and early 1998, the Company offered an earlier version of VSN,
which  was a software application installed on client computers. The company has
discontinued the sale and use of this product. Vsource's Internet version of VSN
has  just  recently  been  made  available  for  use  by clients. The Company is
presently  hiring  a  direct  sales  force  and  creating  relationships  with
independent  resellers  and  strategic  partners.

VIRTUAL  SOURCE  PUBLISHER

     In addition to VSN, the Company also owns Virtual Source Publisher (VSP), a
do-it-yourself  web  site  builder  that  allows  users  to  establish their own
Internet  web  site.  At  this time, VSP is a secondary priority of the Company.
Financial, technical and marketing resources will be dedicated to VSP only after
the  needs  of  VSN are addressed. There can be no assurances, furthermore, that
the Company will decide to implement VSP at some later point because of changing
market  requirements.  As a result, the Company does not anticipate deriving any
revenues  from  VSP  during  its  current  fiscal  year.

TECHNOLOGY

     Companies  handle  their  procurement  processes  on  VSN  using  the
Internet-based  browser  available  on  their  personal  computers.  The  VSN
application  itself  is  hosted  by  the  Company  on servers that reside on the
Internet.  The VSN system has a three-tier database-driven architecture that has
been  built  for  reliability and scalability. As more companies use the system,
the Quality of Service associated with using VSN can be maintained at a constant
level  by  adding  additional  processing resources required by each tier of the
architecture.  By  adding  more  servers  at  multiple processing locations, the
overall  system  has  a  virtually  unlimited  ability  to  scale.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
     An  important  technological capability is improved control and enhancement
of  the  application.  Because  the  application  resides  on company-controlled
computers,  bug fixes and new features can be added on a continual basis as they
become  available,  rather  than  released  on  a periodic basis as is done with
virtually  all software that resides on customer-controlled computers, requiring
no  maintenance  effort  on  the  part  of  the customers to upgrade the system.

     Because  the  application  is accessed via the Internet, all client data is
stored  centrally at the Company's host site. Such data can be downloaded to the
customer's  internal  processing  systems  as  required, although this typically
requires  a  customized integration with the client's existing internal software
systems.

     All  data  is transmitted securely on the Internet via Secure Socket Layers
(SSL).  Data  transfers  are  performed  using  industry  standard  formats.

     Localization  of  the product is performed with language translation of all
prompts  and  content.  A  software  tool  has  been  developed  allowing direct
modification  of  prompts  and  content  in the system by third-party linguists.

STRATEGIC  RELATIONSHIPS

     In  April  2000,  the  Company  signed  a  letter  of  intent  with  NeTune
Corporation  of  Los  Angeles, California, in which the Company will provide its
electronic purchasing service to companies in the film and television production
industries  that  use  NeTune's  satellite based communications services. NeTune
allows  film and television companies to perform a series of electronic services
directly  from  remote  production  locations  by  using  two-way  satellite
communications.

     In  March  2000,  the  Company  formed  a strategic marketing and technical
alliance  with  Internet  Commerce Corp. (ICC) of New York City, New York, where
ICC  will  connect  its  Internet electronic data interchange (EDI) network with
VSN.  The  interconnection will allow VSN customers to exchange purchase-related
documents  with  companies  that  accept such documents in the EDI standard. ICC
estimates  that more than 400,000 companies worldwide have the ability to accept
purchasing-related  documents  via  the  EDI  standards.

     In  February  2000,  the Company entered into a strategic relationship with
U.S.  West,  Inc. of Denver, Colorado, in which the two firms agreed to make VSN
available  to  U.S.  West's  business customers. U.S. West also agreed to take a
minority  equity stake in Vsource. VSN is the first component of a comprehensive
collection  of  services  that U.S. West said it intends to launch in 2000. U.S.
West  provides  telecommunications  and  related  services,  wireless  services,
high-speed  data  and  Internet  services  and directory services principally to
customers  in  the states of Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana,
Nebraska,  New  Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota, Utah, Washington and
Wyoming.

     In  February  2000,  the  Company  entered a strategic alliance with Vitria
Technology  Inc. of Sunnyvale, California, in which Vitria's eBusiness platform,
BusinessWare, can be used by Vsource customers to speed the development of links
between  VSN  and  existing internal processing systems. Vitria is a provider of
eBusiness  infrastructure  software  that  enables  incompatible  information
technology  systems  to  exchange  information  over  corporate networks and the
Internet.

     In January 2000, the Company entered a strategic alliance with ZoomON, Inc.
of  San  Jose,  California,  in which ZoomON's vector graphics visualization and
design  software will be used to develop sophisticated product catalogs based on
product  drawings. Customers can use the ZoomON-based catalogs over the Internet
to  click  on  a  product  drawing and then select specific parts to be ordered.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>
     In  November  1999,  the  Company  entered  into  a strategic alliance with
Corporate  Express,  Inc.  of Bloomfield, Colorado, in which Corporate Express's
extensive  catalog  of  office  and  computer products and services will be made
available  as  part  of  VSN.  Corporate  Express,  a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Buhrmann  NV,  has operations in more than 300 locations worldwide, including 89
distribution  centers.

     The  Company  is  a  paying client of IBM, which has developed the training
program  for VSN users. Clients of the Company may retain the services of IBM in
order  to  train  their  staffs  to use the VSN system. In addition, IBM and the
Company  have  each  agreed informally to make their respective clients aware of
the  other  firm's  services,  where  it  seems  appropriate  for  the client in
question.  Further,  both  firms  will  work together as a team for a particular
client.  IBM  services  include  consulting  to  help  clients  improve  their
procurement practices, and consulting to assist a client with integration of VSN
into  existing  computer systems used by the client. Neither IBM nor the Company
pay  each  other  for services rendered. The clients being served make payments.
Finally,  IBM  provides  the  Company  and  its  VSN  customers with translation
services  through its Polar Bear business unit. Both the Company and the clients
served  pay  for  these  services.

     The  Company  has  an  informal  relationship  with PricewaterhouseCoopers,
pursuant to which each firm has agreed to make its clients and potential clients
aware  of  the  other  firm's  services,  in  those  instances  where  it  seems
appropriate for the client. In certain situations, both firms will work together
as  a  team  for  a  particular  client. PricewaterhouseCoopers services include
consulting  to  help clients improve their procurement practices, and consulting
to  assist  a client with integration of VSN into existing computer systems used
by the client. Neither PricewaterhouseCoopers nor the Company pay each other for
services  rendered.  The  clients  being  served  make  payments.

SALES  AND  MARKETING

     The  Company  sells  its  services  through  two primary channels. First, a
direct  sales  force,  consisting of five sales professionals as of December 31,
1999,  is  organized geographically into four regions. These Sales Professionals
focus  on  selling  VSN  to  large  enterprise  class  organizations,  typically
companies with annual sales of at least $1 billion per year. Sales professionals
receive  a  base  salary  and  earn commissions based on achieving quarterly and
annual  sales  goals. The Company has also developed an indirect channel through
various  alliance  relationships  to  leverage and accelerate market adoption of
VSN.  Alliance  companies provide leverage through joint marketing programs with
Vsource and through direct sales to their customer base, using their own company
sales  force.

     The  alliance  program  identifies  and  proactively  approaches  leading
companies  whose  products/services  are  complementary  to  its  own.  Current
alliance  partners  include  PricewaterhouseCoopers  and  IBM.  Additional
consulting  firms  and systems integrators will be selectively added as alliance
members  as appropriate.  Alliance members share in transaction fees if they are
involved  in the sale of VSN to a client as well as in the ongoing management of
the  client  relationship.  Additionally,  alliance  member  services,  such  as
systems  integration  or  training,  are  charged  directly  to  the  clients as
required.

     The  VSN associate program is designed to identify individuals or companies
who are interested and capable of helping sell VSN services to potential clients
globally.  These  individuals  will  also  share in the transaction fees for any
clients  where  they  have  played  a  role  in  completing  a  sale.

CUSTOMER  SERVICE,  TRAINING  AND  SUPPORT

     The  Company uses IBM and PricewaterhouseCoopers as its preferred providers
of  procurement  consulting and systems integration services for its clients for
most  ERP  and  legacy systems integration.  The Company has also contracted IBM
Global  Services to provide full training services for up front system planning,
user  training, ongoing training design and help desk services. IBM's Polar Bear
business  unit  provides  custom  translation  of  VSN's  system  commands  and
instructions, so that it can be used in other languages as requested by clients.

     All alliance and associate program members are required to attend, complete
and  become  certified  at a VSN boot camp before working with VSN at the client
level.  The  boot  camp is an intensive 2 to 3 day training session developed in
association  with  IBM  Global  Services  and  includes  training  for sales and
technical  certifications.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT

     In  fiscal  year  2000,  the  company  spent  $3,458,933  on  research  and
development.  In fiscal year 1999, the Company spent $1,263,720. The increase is
the  result  of  the  Company's  decision  to  change  VSN from a PC-based to an
Internet-based  application.  The  Company  is presently performing research and
development in four major functional areas: application functionality, security,
external  integration  and global Quality of Service. In the area of application
functionality,  the  Company  is  continuing to add new features and improve the
operational  reliability  of the system. In the area of security, the Company is
working  on  improved  methods  of  secure  data transmission, storage and fraud
detection.

     In  the  area of external integration, the Company is continuing to explore
improved  ways  of  connecting the procurement processes performed by VSN with a
client's  back  end  computing  systems,  including  the  use of Electronic Data
Interchange  (EDI),  custom  integration with Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
systems,  and the potential use of the RosettaNet transaction standards that are
under  development.  In  the  area  of global Quality of Service, the Company is
exploring  advanced  system  architectures  that  will allow virtually unlimited
processing capability. The Company is also exploring alternative technologies to
land-based communications, such as satellite and cellular wireless communication
technologies.

COMPETITION

     The market for VSN is very competitive and likely to become more so, and is
subject to rapid technological change. Increased competition is likely to result
in  price  reductions,  to  some  extent  caused by VSN pricing which management
believes is below current industry averages (see "FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE
PERFORMANCE  -  COMPETITIVE  "BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS"  INTERNET  COMMERCE  MARKET;
EFFECT  ON MARKET SHARE AND BUSINESS)."  Although  management  believes that VSN
compares favorably with respect to competitive offerings (several having greater
financial capability  than  VSN), and favorably with respect  to  overall  cost,
VSN does not yet have a large referral base, nor  large  numbers  of  buyers  or
vendors using the network,  and  its  performance  has  yet  to  be  proven with
regard to the new Internet version of  VSN.  As  a  result, it is yet to be seen
whether VSN can compete  successfully.

GOVERNMENT  APPROVALS

     While  there are no governmental approvals required specifically related to
the  licensing  or  use  of  VSN  or  Virtual  Source  Publisher,  and no direct
governmental regulation, that could change.  In those circumstances, competitors
with  larger  administrative  staffs  and  more financial resources will be in a
better  position  to  comply  with  this  regulation  and  obtain  any necessary
approvals.  However,  management  is  not  aware  of  any pending or anticipated
government  regulations  that  will  negatively impact the Company in a material
way.

DEPENDENCE  UPON  SUPPLIERS

     The  Company is not dependent on suppliers of raw materials, although it is
dependent  on the Internet, including the ability to communicate with its remote
servers.  The  Company's  clients  are  also  dependent on the Internet for this
communication, without which clients would be unable to use any of the Internet-
based  services  provided by the Company. Should the Company and its clients not
be  able to access the Internet for an extended period of time, it could have an
adverse  material  effect  on  the  Company's  operations.

TRADEMARKS

     Vsource  has  been  awarded  the  trademark  VIRTUAL  SOURCE.  It  also has
applications  pending  for the trademark VSOURCE and the service mark DELIVERING
ON  THE  PROMISE  OF  THE  INTERNET.

     Vsource  does  not  have  patents  or patent applications pending.  Vsource
technology  is  protected  by the security of the Company-maintained Web site in
which  Vsource  software code resides, by confidentiality agreements it has with
its development personnel, and by the separation of development responsibilities
and  access  authorities.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES

     As  of  April  15,  2000, the Company employed 42 full-time employees and 3
part-time employees, consisting of 8 executives, 6 general and administrative, 5
marketing  and  sales,  and  26  research,  development, operations and customer
relationship  management personnel. The Company believes that its future success
will  depend  in  part  on  its  ability to attract, hire and maintain qualified
personnel.  There  can  be  no assurance that the Company will be able to do so.
Competition  for  such personnel in the online industry is intense.  None of the
Company's  employees are represented by a labor union, and the Company has never
experienced  a  work  stoppage.  The  Company believes its relationship with its
employees  to  be  good.

     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  names,  ages, and positions of the
directors  and  officers  of  the  Company  as  of  April  10,  2000.

NAME                  AGE   POSITION
Robert C. McShirley    45   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
                            the Board
Scott T. Behan         38   Director,  Member  of  the  Audit  Committee
Samuel E. Bradt        61   Director,  Member  of  the  Audit  Committee
Ramin Kamfar           36   Director,  Member  of  the  Audit  Committee
Robert N. Schwartz     60   Director
P. Scott Turner        33   Chief  Operating  Officer
Sandford T. Waddell    59   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary
Jeri D. Sessler        46   Executive  Vice  President,  Client  Operations
Dennis W. McQuilliams  58   Vice  President,  Chief  Technology  Officer
Richard S. McShirley   43   Vice  President,  Business  Development
Daniel J. Jinguji      46   Vice  President,  Product  Development
Ronald J. Sanderson    53   Vice  President,  Marketing

     ROBERT  C.  MCSHIRLEY.    Mr.  McShirley  has served as President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company since May 1997, as a director since January
1998,  and  as  Chairman  since  June  1999.  From  1995  to May 1997, he was an
independent consultant specializing in the field of manufacturing, with his most
recent  assignment  being  with  AML  Communications,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer of
wireless  amplifiers.  Prior to that, he was the founder of Virtual Source, Inc.
(formerly  Buyer/Seller  Interactive  Software,  Inc., which was acquired by the
Company  in  1995).  Robert  C. McShirley and Richard S. McShirley are brothers.

     SCOTT  T. BEHAN.  Mr. Behan has served on the Company's board since January
1998.  For  the  past  five  years, Mr. Behan has been employed as the Executive
Vice  President  of  AML  Communications,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of  wireless
amplifiers.  He  has been a director of AML since February 1999. Mr. Behan has a
B.S.  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute.

     SAMUEL  E.  BRADT. Mr.  Bradt has served on the Company's board since 1996.
From December  1996, through March 6, 2000, he served as Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary of the  Company.  He  is  currently  a  director  of  six  private
companies  and  one  other  public  company,  Lunar  Corporation  of  Madison,
Wisconsin.   Mr. Bradt  has a B.S. from Stanford University, and  an M.B.A. from
the  University  of  Chicago  Graduate  School  of  Business.

     RAMIN  KAMFAR.  Mr.  Kamfar  has  served on the Company's board since April
2000.  Mr.  Kamfar is a Managing Partner at New World Venture Partners, Inc., an
investment  banking  boutique  focusing on technology and new economy companies.
Since 1993, Mr. Kamfar has also served in various capacities at New World Coffee
- -  Manhattan  Bagel,  Inc., a company he founded. Most recently he has served as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. From 1988 to 1993 Mr. Kamfar worked in the
investment  banking department of Lehman Brothers, Inc., most recently as a Vice
President  in  private  placements.   Mr.  Kamfar has a B.S. in Finance from the
University  of  Maryland and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School at the
University  of  Pennsylvania.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>
     ROBERT  N.  SCHWARTZ.  Mr. Schwartz has served on the Company's board since
January 1998.  From 1981 to the present, Mr. Schwartz has been a Senior Research
Scientist  at  HRL  Laboratories  LLC,  Malibu,  California.  From  1979  to the
present, Mr. Schwartz has been a visiting professor at U.C.L.A. He has a B.A. in
Mathematics,  Chemistry  and  Physics,  and an M.S. in Chemical Physics from the
University of Connecticut, and a PhD. in Chemical Physics from the University of
Colorado.

     P.  SCOTT  TURNER.  Mr.  Turner has served as the Company's Chief Operating
Officer since March 2000.  Mr. Turner was a member of Company board from January
1998  to  March 2000.  From July 1997 to  March 31, 2000,  Mr.  Turner  was Vice
President of Operations for Holbrook Design LLC, a company  engaged  in  product
realization.  From January 1990 to June  1997, Mr. Turner  served  as  the  Vice
president of Operations of SCICON Technologies Corp., a company engaged in rapid
prototyping and product development automation. He is presently  a  director  of
SCICON  Technologies  Corp. Mr.  Turner  has  a B.S.  in  Computer  Science  and
Engineering  from  the  Milwaukee School of Engineering.

     SANDFORD  T.  WADDELL.   Mr.  Waddell  has  served  as  the Company's Chief
Financial  Officer  and  Secretary since March 2000.  From October 1999 to March
2000  ,  Mr.  Waddell as the Chief Financial Officer for Snyder Diamond, Inc., a
privately  owned  retail  company.  From March 1998 to October 1999, Mr. Waddell
served as Chief Financial Officer for Rampage Clothing Company, a privately held
clothing manufacturer which was in bankruptcy, and which he helped to restore to
profitability  and  effected  a successful reorganization.  From October 1966 to
March  1988,  Mr.  Waddell served initially as Chief Financial Officer and later
also  as  Interim  Chief  Executive Officer at Reddi Brake Supply Corporation, a
wholesale  auto  parts  distributor,  where  he directed a reorganization of the
company's operating subsidiary.  From February 1992 to October 1996, Mr. Waddell
served  as  Interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  Financial  Consultant  for
approximately  twelve  privately  held  companies.  Mr.  Waddell holds a B.S. in
Engineering from Michigan Technological University and an M.B.A. from University
of  Minnesota.

     DENNIS  W.  MCQUILLIAMS.  Mr. McQuilliams has served as the Company's Chief
Technology  Officer  since  June  1999.  Since October 1997, Mr. McQuilliams was
served  as  president  of  Wpg.Net, Inc.  Wpg.Net was acquired by the Company in
June  1998.  Prior  to  October  1997,  Mr.  McQuilliams  was self-employed as a
consultant  in  software  design  and  construction and project management.  Mr.
McQuilliams  has  a  background in finance, and over fifteen years experience in
design, development and implementation of business application software for mini
and microcomputers.  He has developed multi-user programs for municipal entities
and  the  vision health industry, as well as accounting systems, payroll systems
and  other  custom  applications.

     JERI  D.  SESSLER.  Ms. Sessler has been Executive  Vice President,  Client
Operations with the Company since  March  2000.  From August 1999 to March 2000,
Ms.  Sessler served as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company.  From 1996 to
1999,  Ms. Sessler was principal consultant with PricewaterhouseCoopers in their
Center of Excellence, Full Value Procurement Practice, Western Region, where her
responsibilities  included  leading edge procurement practices and technologies,
working  with  Fortune  1000  companies.  Prior to 1996, she spent fifteen years
with  A.T.  Kearney,  Inc.  where she was Director, Practice Development, Supply
Chain  Integration  Practice.  Ms.  Sessler  has  a  M.B.A. from the Lake Forest
Graduate  School  of  Management, and a B.A. from  Northern Illinois University.

     RICHARD  S.  MCSHIRLEY.  Richard  McShirley  has served the Company as Vice
President  of  Business  Development  since  1995.  Mr.  McShirley has more than
fifteen  years  experience  developing  and  implementing  marketing  and  sales
programs.  Prior to working for the Company, he worked with the creators of King
World Productions, and the creators of the television series "Wild America".  He
led  the  development  of  a merchandising and licensing program related to that
television  series. He has a B.A. in International Relations from the University
of  Southern  California.  Robert  C.  McShirley  and  Richard  S. McShirley are
brothers.

     DANIEL  J.  JINGUJI.  Since  April  1999,  Mr.  Jinguji  has  served as the
Company's  Vice  President of Product Development.  From 1993 to March 1999, Mr.
Jinguji  was a Software Design Engineer at Microsoft.  Mr. Jinguji spent fifteen
years  with  Microsoft Corporation, where he co-authored "Learn Microsoft Visual
J++ 6.0" to help explain the Microsoft version of the Java programming language.
He  attended  the University of Washington in Seattle where he received his B.A.
in  Mathematics,  B.S.  in  Biology  and  M.S.  in  Computer  Science.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>
     RONALD J. SANDERSON.  Since September 1999, Mr. Sanderson has served as the
Company's  Vice  President  of Marketing.  From June 1998 to September 1999, Mr.
Sanderson  was principal consultant with Netsource Management, Inc., focusing on
strategic  sourcing,  supply chain and marketing.  From March 1986 to June 1998,
Mr.  Sanderson  was  a  consultant  with  A.T.  Kearney,  Inc.  He has a B.S. in
Mechanical  Engineering  from  Northwestern  University  and  an  M.B.A.  from
Northwestern  University.

FACTORS  THAT  MAY  AFFECT  FUTURE  PERFORMANCE

     SPECIAL  NOTE  REGARDING  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS

     Some  of  the  statements  in  this  document  constitute  forward-looking
statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and
other  factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any future results, levels of
activity,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  these
forward-looking  statements.  Although management believes that the expectations
reflected  in  the  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  there  is  no
guarantee  that  future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements
will  be  attained.  Moreover,  neither  management nor any other person assumes
responsibility  for  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  these  statements.

     The  Company's  business, financial condition and results of operations may
be  impacted  by  a number of factors including, without limitation, the factors
discussed  below.

RISKS  RELATED  TO  THE  COMPANY'S  BUSINESS

     NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL: The Company has recorded substantial operating
losses  and, as of January 31, 2000, has an accumulated deficit of $9.8 million.
As  discussed  in  Item  6.  MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION  AND  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- LIQUIDITY AND RESOURCES, if the Company
is  to  sustain  its  current rate of development and operating expenditures, it
must  generate  additional capital in the second quarter or third quarter of the
fiscal year ending January 31, 2001, from client revenues, private equity sales,
or  both.  The  Company  is  currently implementing contracts with five clients.
These clients, and others that are near the implementation stage,  are  expected
to produce revenues in the  second quarter of  this  year.  In  March  2000, the
Company  retained  a  full  time  Chief Financial  Officer  and  engaged a major
investment bank to  help  the Company  raise additional equity.  The  investment
bank  is  currently  working  on  the  private  placement  of  equity  capital
sufficient to fund the  Company's  operations until such time as a public equity
offering  is  practicable.

     ANTI-TAKEOVER  PROVISIONS:  Provisions  in  Nevada  law  and  the Company's
Articles  of  Incorporation and Bylaws could delay or prevent a third party from
acquiring the Company, even if doing so would be beneficial to the stockholders.
In  addition,  such  provisions  may affect the price that some investors may be
willing to pay for the Company's stock.  Such provisions include the issuance of
preferred  stock  by  the board of directors without prior stockholder approval,
commonly referred to as "blank check" preferred stock, with rights senior to the
Company's  common  stock.  The  Company  has 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock
authorized.  The  Company has designated 2,900,000 shares of the preferred stock
"Series  1-A  Convertible  Preferred Stock" of which 2,802,000 shares are issued
and outstanding.  There remains 2,100,000 shares of preferred stock which may be
issued  with rights, preferences and privileges to be designated by the board of
directors.  While  such  shares  of  preferred  stock  may  not  have  rights or
preferences  senior  to  the Series 1-A Convertible Preferred Stock, they may be
senior  to  the  common  stock  of  the  Company.

     In  addition,  the Company is seeking stockholder approval to reincorporate
in  the  State of Delaware.  In connection with the reincorporation, the Company
is  seeking  an  increase in the number of shares of common stock authorized for
issuance,  which  could  be  used  to prevent or discourage a change of control.

     LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY:  VSN,  the Company's primary service offering,
began  operations  in  October  1996 when the earlier version of VSN, a software
application  for  personal  computers  rather  than an Internet application, was
successfully installed and used at a private company in southern California. The
Company  has  had  a  limited  operating  history  since  then,  although it did
successfully install the earlier VSN version (personal computer application) for
several  clients, and was paid the annual subscription rate then in effect. This
limited  history  makes  an  evaluation  of  the Company's future prospects very
difficult.  The  new Internet version of VSN is now available for evaluation and
use  by  customers,  but  does  not yet have any fully operational customers. As
such,  because  of  the  limited  operational  history  of  VSN, there can be no
assurances  that  the product will meet the needs of potential customers or that
the  product  will  operate  correctly.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>
     RISKS OF EARLY STAGE COMPANY; NEW, RAPIDLY CHANGING MARKET; NEED TO ATTRACT
LARGE  CORPORATIONS:  The market for Internet applications and services is at an
early  stage,  and  changing  rapidly.  Internet procurement is a relatively new
market. Its rate of growth and change is unpredictable, as is the nature of this
change.  The Company will encounter the risks and difficulties often encountered
by  early-stage  companies  in  new  and rapidly evolving markets. The Company's
initial  success  will  depend  upon  attracting  several large, technologically
advanced  corporations  to use VSN, and their favorable results from this usage.
Subsequent  success  will  depend  on the Company's ability to communicate these
early successes to the marketplace, thus attracting significant numbers of other
businesses  and buying organizations. No assurance can be given that the Company
will  be  successful  in the marketplace, or if successful, that it will attract
significant  numbers  of  clients.  There  can  be no assurance that an adequate
demand  for,  and  usage  of,  the  Company's  products  will  develop.

     COMPLEX IMPLEMENTATION AND INTEGRATION OF VIRTUAL SOURCE NETWORK MAY IMPEDE
MARKET  PENETRATION:  The  installation  of  VSN,  including  integration with a
client's  systems  currently  in  use,  can  be  a  complex,  time consuming and
expensive  process.  While the Company is designing a simplified version for use
by smaller organizations with limited enhancement capabilities and, as a result,
a  low cost associated with its implementation, the Company anticipates that its
initial  customers  will  be mid-sized or larger organizations that will require
that VSN undergo substantial customization to meet their needs. These firms will
also  likely require that VSN be integrated with existing internal ERP and other
operational  systems.  The  Company's management estimates that the installation
and  integration process may take anywhere from one month to six weeks or longer
in  some  cases,  depending  on  the  size  of the client, the complexity of its
operations,  the  configurations  of  its  current  computer  systems, and other
systems  projects  that  compete  for  the time and attention of the Information
Technology  departments  of  the  clients.  Management  also  expects  that most
integration  projects  in  larger  companies will involve various integrators as
outside  systems consultants to the client. The Company's ability to continually
enhance  the features of VSN, in response to client's widely differing needs, is
yet  to  be  proven.  The  Company's ability to develop a simplified version for
smaller  businesses  that  is  inexpensive  to  implement is also unproven. As a
result,  VSN  may not achieve significant market penetration in the near future,
or  ever.

     LARGE  OPERATING  LOSSES  EXPECTED TO CONTINUE: The Company has accumulated
net  losses  of  $9.8  million  through  January  31, 2000. Since inception, the
Company  has  not  had  material revenues, and has recognized no revenues at all
from  the Internet version of VSN. The Company expects to derive the majority of
its  revenues from VSN fees over the next five years. In addition, provided that
revenues  develop  more  or  less  as  expected,  the Company expects to spend a
substantial portion of revenues during the next two or three years on marketing,
sales,  technology  development,  training  and  administration. There can be no
assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  fund  these  expenses.

     FAILURE  TO  ACHIEVE  LISTING  ON  MAJOR  STOCK  MARKET: In March 2000, the
Company  applied  for  listing  on the Nasdaq National Market System. Management
believes that it meets the stated requirements for listing on Nasdaq. Presently,
the  Company's  stock  is  traded  on the over-the-counter bulletin board system
under  the  stock symbol, VSRC (see Item 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS).  While the listing of the Company's stock does not have a
direct effect on the Company's operations, it has an effect on the perception of
the Company amongst potential investors and can have an effect on the ability of
the  Company  to  raise  additional  funds.  It  can  also  impact  the dilution
associated  with  any  financing.  There can be no assurances that the Company's
application  will be accepted by Nasdaq or that the Company will have its shares
listed  on  a  major  exchange.

     Until  the  Company's  securities  are  listed  on  a  major  exchange, the
securities  of  the  Company are subject to a Securities and Exchange Commission
rule  that  imposes  special sales practice requirements upon broker-dealers who
sell  such  securities to persons other than established customers or accredited
investors. For purposes of the rule, the phrase "accredited investors" means, in
general  terms, institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000, or individuals


                                      -12-
<PAGE>
having  a  net  worth  in  excess  of $1,000,000 or having an annual income that
exceeds  $200,000  (or  that,  when  combined  with  a  spouse's income, exceeds
$300,000).  For  transactions covered by the rule, the broker-dealer must make a
special  suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's
written  agreement  to the transaction prior to the sale. Consequently, the rule
may  affect  the ability of broker-dealers to sell the securities of the Company
and  also  may affect the ability of any shareholder to sell their securities in
any  market  that  might  develop  for  the  common  stock.

     EFFECT  OF  INCREASED  OPERATING EXPENSES ON OPERATIONS AND PRICE OF COMMON
STOCK:  The Company plans to increase operating expenses to expand its sales and
marketing  operations,  establish  new  strategic relationships, fund additional
systems  development,  and  increase  its  business  and  technical staff. These
planned  expenses will increase operating losses during reporting periods before
significant  revenues  develop.  These  increased  losses  could have a negative
effect  on  the  price  of  the  Company's  common  stock.

     DEPENDENCE  ON  VIRTUAL  SOURCE  NETWORK  ANTICIPATED REVENUES: The Company
expects  that when revenues do develop, substantially all of those revenues will
come  from  VSN  clients.  Although  VSN  fees are believed by management of the
Company  to be below those currently charged for leading competitive systems and
services,  future  reductions  in competitive prices could negatively impact the
demand  for, or usage of, VSN. These changes may impede VSN's ability to achieve
broad  market acceptance, thus negatively impacting the Company's opportunity to
eventually  become  profitable.  There can be no assurance that broad and timely
acceptance  of  VSN,  which is critical to the Company's future success, will be
achieved.  Failure  to  achieve  anticipated  revenues  would  have  adverse
consequences  for  the  Company.

     DEPENDENCE  ON  ONE  PRODUCT:  At  the  present  time  all of the Company's
resources  are  being  devoted  to  the  development  and marketing of VSN.  The
Company expects to depend on VSN for substantially all of the Company's revenues
for the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, if VSN is not accepted by customers or
potential  customers,  or  does not generate the demand or revenues necessary to
the  Company,  the  Company  may  face  serious  or  irreparable  harm.

     DEPENDENCE  ON SALES AND MARKETING RELATIONSHIPS FOR GROWTH.:  Our business
model  includes  generating  sales  through our alliance and affiliate programs.
Consequently, the Company will depend, in part, on sales and marketing strategic
relationships  for  growth. The Company has established and plans to continue to
establish  sales  and marketing strategic relationships with large organizations
as  part  of  our  growth  strategy.  Such  relationships  may not contribute to
increased  use  of  the Company's services, help the Company add new clients, or
increase  the  Company's  revenue. The Company may not be able to enter into new
relationships  or renew existing relationships on favorable terms, if at all. In
addition,  the  Company  may  not  be  able  to  recover  costs and the expenses
associated  with  the  formation  of  these  programs.

     THIRD  PARTY IMPLEMENTATION/INTEGRATION OF VIRTUAL SOURCE NETWORK; NEGATIVE
IMPACT  UPON  REVENUE  GOALS IF THIRD PARTIES UNAVAILABLE OR DO NOT PERFORM: The
Company  expects  to  rely,  to  a large degree, on a number of third parties to
propose  and  explain  VSN to prospective clients, to sell pilot projects to the
clients, and to integrate VSN with clients' existing systems, and to train users
when VSN is rolled out for general usage. The Company itself is planning to work
with  clients  and  third-parties to implement the pilot projects. The Company's
ability to support its strategic partners, in pursuit of large numbers of buyers
and  suppliers,  is  yet to be proven. If the Company is unable to establish and
maintain  effective,  long-term relationships with these third parties, if these
third  parties  are unable to meet the needs and expectations of VSN clients, or
if the Company cannot properly implement pilot projects, the Company will likely
have  difficulty  achieving  its  revenue  goals.

     UNSUCCESSFUL  ACQUISITIONS  COULD  HARM OUR OPERATING RESULTS, BUSINESS AND
GROWTH.:  The  Company  may  acquire  businesses, products and technologies that
complement  or  augment  the  Company's  existing  businesses,  services  and
technologies.  The  inability  to  integrate  any  newly  acquired  entities  or
technologies  effectively  could  harm the Company's operating results, business
and  growth.  Integrating  any  newly acquired businesses or technologies may be
expensive and time consuming.  To finance any acquisitions, the Company may need
to  raise  additional funds through public or private financings.  Any equity or
debt  financings, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to
the Company and, in the case of equity financings, may result in dilution to the
Company's  stockholders.  The  Company  may  not be able to operate any acquired
businesses  profitably  or  otherwise  implement the Company's business strategy
successfully.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>
     LONG SALES CYCLE FOR LARGE CORPORATE ACCOUNTS COULD CAUSE DELAYS IN REVENUE
GROWTH:  The  Company's  sales cycles for large corporate accounts may take many
months to complete and may vary from contract to contract.  Further, the Company
expects  that  a large number of then Company's clients may be introduced to VSN
through  such large accounts.  Lengthy sales cycles for large corporate accounts
could  cause delays in revenue growth, and result in significant fluctuations in
the  Company's  quarterly  operating results.  The length of the sales cycle may
vary  depending on a number of factors over which the Company may have little or
no  control,  including  the  internal  decision-making process of the potential
customer and the level of competition that the Company encounters in its selling
activities.  Additionally,  since the market for business-to-business e-commerce
is  relatively  new,  the  Company  believes  that  it will have to educate many
potential  customers  about  the  use and benefits of the Company's products and
services,  which can in turn prolong the sales process. The Company has provided
access  to  VSN  on  a  trial basis for customer evaluation, which can again may
prolong  the  sales  process.  Sales  made  through  third  parties, such as the
Company's  alliance  partners,  can  further  extend  sales  cycles

     QUARTERLY  RESULTS MAY BE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT FLUCTUATIONS; EXPECTATIONS
OF  INVESTORS  AND  ANALYSTS  MAY  NOT  BE  MET:  The  Company  expects that its
quarterly  operating  results  will fluctuate significantly due to many factors,
many  of  which  are  outside the control of the Company.  Such factors include:

     . demand  for  and  market  acceptance  of  VSN
     . inconsistent  growth,  if  any,  of  the  Company's  client  base
     . loss  of  key  customers  or  strategic  partners
     . timing  of  the  recognition  of  revenue  for  large  contracts
     . variations  in  the  dollar  volume  of transactions effected through VSN
     . intense  and  increased  competition
     . introductions  of  new  services  or  enhancements, or changes in pricing
             policies, by  us  and  our  competitors
     . the  Company's  ability  to  control  costs
     . reliable  continuity  of  VSN  availability.

      The  Company  believes  that  quarterly  revenues,  expenses and operating
results  are  likely  to vary significantly in the future, that period-to-period
comparisons of results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and that, as
a  result,  such  comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future
performance.  Due  to  these  and other factors, it is likely that the Company's
operating  results  will  be  below market analysts' expectations in some future
quarters,  which would cause the market price of the Company's stock to decline.

     COMPETITIVE  "BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS"  INTERNET  COMMERCE  MARKET;  EFFECT ON
MARKET  SHARE AND BUSINESS: The market for VSN is very competitive, evolving and
subject  to  rapid  technological  change. Intensity of competition is likely to
increase  in the future. Increased competition from new competitors is likely to
result  in  loss  of  market  share, which could negatively impact the Company's
business. Competitors vary in size, and in the scope and breadth of the products
and  services  offered.  VSN  will  encounter  competition  from  Ariba, Clarus,
Commerce  One,  Concur  Technologies,  Extricity,  GE  Information  Services, i2
Technologies,  Intelisys,  Netscape  Communications,  PurchasePro,  and TRADE'ex
Electronic  Commerce  Systems.  VSN  may also encounter competition from several
major enterprise software developers, such as Oracle, PeopleSoft and SAP who are
not  presently  considered  to  be  direct  competitors,  but who have announced
intentions  to  enter into the market. In addition, because there are relatively
low  barriers  to  entry  in  this  market,  additional  competition  from other
established  and  emerging  companies  may  develop.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>
     Many  current  and  potential  competitors have longer operating histories,
significantly  greater  financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
the Company, significantly greater name recognition, and a larger installed base
of  customers.  In  addition,  many  of  the  competitors  have well-established
relationships  with  the  Company's  clients  and  potential  clients,  and have
extensive  knowledge  of  the  industry.  Current and potential competitors have
established  or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with
third  parties  to  increase  the  ability of their products to address customer
needs.  Accordingly,  it  is  possible  that new competitors, or alliances among
competitors,  may  emerge  and rapidly acquire significant market share. Actions
taken  by  the  Company  competitors,  including  price  cuts,  new  product
introductions  and enhancements could have material adverse consequences for the
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete with
price  cuts,  or  develop, introduce and market enhancements to its service on a
timely  basis  to  compete  successfully  in  this  market.

     VIRTUAL  SOURCE NETWORK REVENUES EXPECTED FROM A LIMITED NUMBER OF CLIENTS,
MEANING  INCREASED  POTENTIAL  IMPACT OF CUSTOMER LOSS: The Company expects that
VSN  revenues,  if  any,  during  the current fiscal year will come from a small
number  of  clients, perhaps as few as 20 or less. The loss of any few customers
or a change in a client's budget could have a substantial negative impact on the
business  of  the  Company.

     VENDORS ARE ESSENTIAL TO SUCCESS OF VIRTUAL SOURCE NETWORK; NEGATIVE IMPACT
OF  VENDORS' FAILURE TO JOIN THE NETWORK: In order to operate, VSN requires that
vendors (suppliers) be able to access the network and that client buyers be able
to  communicate their requirements electronically to vendors. Currently, vendors
can  access  VSN  even  if  they have not joined the network, but it is far more
efficient  if a vendor does join the network and sets up a catalog online. It is
necessary, furthermore, that a client's key vendors join the network in order to
achieve  the  full  benefits  of  the  system, such as buying from an electronic
catalog.  The  Company,  furthermore,  expects  that  vendors will join VSN upon
invitation  from their respective buyers. Network membership is now free for any
vendor. Client buyers operating on VSN make direct requests of their key vendors
that  they  join.  When a large corporation requests that its vendors adapt to a
new purchasing process, and that change is free, the Company believes that there
is  a  strong  incentive  for those vendors to make that change to protect their
customer  relationships.

     To  date there has been no significant vendor resistance to joining the new
Internet  version  of  VSN.  During  1996  and  1997, however, the Company found
significant  vendor resistance to joining the PC version of VSN. Vendors, at the
time,  viewed  VSN  as  increasing  competitive price pressure. They also saw an
increased  possibility  of losing customers to lower cost vendors not previously
competing  for  the  business. Vendors also resisted annual subscription fees of
$980.  Finally,  the  non-Internet  version  was  more  difficult for vendors to
operate.

     Since 1997 the Company believes that important changes have occurred in the
procurement  environment.  Electronic  commerce,  and  the  resultant  increased
competition,  have  become  more accepted by vendors. It is management's opinion
that  most  vendors believe that they will eventually be required to do business
electronically, if they have not already started. The Company also believes that
the  Internet version of VSN is easier for vendors to use. As a final incentive,
the  Company  no  longer  charges  subscription  fees  to vendors. Despite these
changes, there can be no assurance that vendors will not resist participating in
VSN.  Should significant new vendor resistance develop, that could slow adoption
of  VSN  by  clients,  and  negatively impact potential revenues of the Company.

     ABILITY  TO  ENHANCE  FEATURES AND FUNCTIONALITY OF PRODUCTS; CHANGE IN THE
MARKET:  The  success of the Company will depend on its ability to tailor VSN to
meet  the  requirements  of  its  clients,  not  only  as  such requirements are
presently  known  and understood by the Company and its client base, but also as
such  requirements  evolve.  Such  requirements  may  be  driven  by competitive
products or the changing preferences of the Company's client base.  An inability
to  offer  enhanced  products  or  features  which  anticipate  or  meet  such
requirements  in a timely and efficient manner may result in a loss of sales and
revenues  and  the  obsolescence  of  the Company's products.    There can be no
assurance that the Company can make the changes and enhancements to its products
necessary  to  meet  and  satisfy  the  demands  of  its  clients.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>
     In  addition, the rapid technological changes and rapidly changing industry
standards  which have characterized the Internet and companies doing business on
the  Internet  may  have the effect of rendering the Company, its business model
and  products  obsolete.  Making  the  adjustments,  changes  and  adaptations
necessary in this market may also require significant expenditures in equipment,
infrastructure  and  product  development.  There  can  be no assurance that the
Company  will  be  able  to  adapt  to  such  rapid  changes.

     FAILURE  TO  MAINTAIN  ACCURATE  DATABASES:  The  Company  must  update and
maintain  extensive  databases of the products, services and procurement network
transactions for its clients.  The Company's computer systems and databases must
allow  for  expansion  as  a client's business grows without losing performance.
Database  capacity  constraints  may  result  in  data  maintenance and accuracy
problems  which could cause a disruption in service and the Company's ability to
provide  accurate  information  to  its clients.  These problems may result in a
loss  of  clients  which  could  severely  harm  the  Company's  business.

     DEFECTS  IN  SOFTWARE:  VSN  is  complex software.  Software often contains
defects,  particularly  when first introduced or when new versions are released.
The  Company's  testing procedures may not discover software defects that affect
new  or  current  services  or enhancements until after they are deployed.  Such
defects  could  cause  service  interruptions,  which could damage the Company's
reputation or increase its service costs, cause it to lose revenue, delay market
acceptance or divert development resources, any of which could severely harm the
Company's  business.

     SYSTEM FAILURES, SERVICE DELAYS AND INTERRUPTIONS: The Company's ability to
provide  acceptable  levels of customer service largely depends on the efficient
and  uninterrupted  operation  of  the  Company's  computer  and  communications
hardware and procurement network systems.  Any interruptions could severely harm
the  Company's  business  and  result  in  a  loss  of customers.  The Company's
computer and communications systems are located in the state of Washington.  The
Company does not maintain a redundant site, although is currently planning to do
so.  The  Company's  systems  and  operations  are  vulnerable  to  damage  or
interruption  from  a  variety of sources including human error, sabotage, fire,
flood,  earthquake,  power  loss, telecommunications failure and similar events.
The  Company  cannot give assurances that it will not experience system failures
in  the future. The occurrence of any system failure or similar event could harm
the  Company's  business  dramatically.

     NO  DISASTER  RECOVERY PLAN:  The Company does not have a disaster recovery
plan and does not  yet have redundant systems at an alternate site to permit the
company  to  continue  to  provide  services  on  the  event of a failure in its
computer  and communications systems.  Accordingly, any such failure would cause
severe  harm  to  the  Company's  business.

     SUBSTANTIAL  COSTS  OF  ANY  PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS; NO PRODUCT LIABILITY
INSURANCE:  Errors,  defects or other performance problems with VSN could result
in  financial  or  other  damages  to  our clients. Management believes that the
contractual  limits  of liability, indemnification provisions and disclaimers of
warranties should minimize the exposure of the Company in the event of a product
liability  claim.  A  product  liability claim, however, even if not successful,
would  likely be time consuming and costly and could seriously harm the Company.
The  Company  presently  does not maintain product liability insurance. Although
the  terms  and  conditions  in  VSN  user agreements contain disclaimers of any
warranties  designed to limit exposure to these claims, existing or future laws,
or  unfavorable  judicial decisions, could weaken or negate these provisions and
have  materially  adverse  consequences  for  the  Company.

     LEGAL  LIABILITY FOR COMMUNICATION ON PROCUREMENT NETWORK:  The Company may
be  subject  to legal claims relating to the content in its procurement network,
or  the  downloading  and  distribution  of  such content.  Claims could involve
matters  such  as  fraud,  defamation,  invasion  of  privacy  and  copyright
infringement.  Providers of Internet products and services have been sued in the
past,  sometimes  successfully,  based  on the content of material.  Even if the
Company  was  ultimately  successful  in  its  defense of these claims, any such
litigation  is  costly  and these claims could harm the Company's reputation and
business.

     SUCCESS  DEPENDS  ON  KEY  PERSONNEL;  NO  "KEY MAN" LIFE INSURANCE: Future
performance  depends  on the continued service of key personnel, and the ability
to attract, train, and retain additional technical, marketing, customer support,
and management personnel. The loss of one or more key employees could negatively


                                      -16-
<PAGE>
impact  the  Company,  and there is no "key man" life insurance in force at this
time.  However,  the Company does plan to obtain this insurance. Competition for
qualified  personnel  is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will  retain  key  employees,  or  attract  and  retain  other needed personnel.

     PROTECTION  OF  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; LACK OF PATENTS; POTENTIAL PIRATING:
The Company's success depends to a large extent on its exclusive technology, and
relies  on  a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures,
trade  secrets, copyrights and trademark protections. The Company has no patents
at  this  point,  and  the Company's technologies may not be patentable. Despite
efforts  to  protect  its  exclusive rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to
copy aspects of that technology, or to obtain and use our exclusive information.
Policing  unauthorized  use  of  this technology is difficult. While the Company
does  not suspect that any of the Company's software has been subject to piracy,
there  can  be  no  assurances  that  such  piracy  will  not  occur.  Further,
competitors  may  independently  develop  similar  technology, or  duplicate the
Company's services without  violating  intellectual  property  rights.

     At  present,  the Company's technologies are owned outright by the Company.
However,  the  Company  may  in  the  future have to license or otherwise obtain
access  to intellectual property of third parties in order to remain competitive
in  the  marketplace.

     STRAIN ON LIMITED RESOURCES DUE TO NEED TO MANAGE GROWTH AND EXPANSION: The
Company  anticipates  a  period  of significant expansion and growth, which most
likely  will  place  significant strain upon management, employees, systems, and
resources.  Because  the  market  is  developing  rapidly,  furthermore,  it  is
difficult  to  project  the  rate  of growth, if any. Failure to properly manage
growth  and expansion, if and when it occurs, will jeopardize the ability of the
Company  sustain  its  third  party  and customer relationships. There can be no
assurances  that  the Company will properly be able to manage growth, especially
if  such  growth  is  more  rapid  than  anticipated.

     INACCURATE  PREDICTIONS  OF  USAGE  RATES:  Traffic  in  the  Company's
procurement  network may increase to the point where the Company must expand and
upgrade  some  of  its  transaction  processing  systems and procurement network
hardware  and  software.  While  the  Company's  systems are scalable and can be
expanded, the Company may not be able to accurately predict the rate of increase
in  the  usage of its procurement network.  This may affect the Company's timing
and  ability  to expand and upgrade its systems and procurement network hardware
and  software  capabilities  to  accommodate  increased  use  of its procurement
network.  If  the  Company  does not upgrade its systems and procurement network
hardware  and  software  appropriately,  the  Company  may experience downgraded
service,  interruptions  or  delays  which could damage its business reputation,
relationship  with  clients  and  its  operating  results.

     RISKS  OF  INTERNATIONAL OPERATION:  The Company is exploring international
markets and considering the expansion of its operations and marketing efforts to
include  international markets.  If the Company should elect to expand into such
markets,  it  would  be  confronted  with  risks  including:

          -  increased  impact  of recessions in economies outside of the United
             States
          -  difficulties  staffing  and  managing  foreign  operations
          -  political  instability
          -  the  burdens  of compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws and
             legal  regimes
          -  unexpected  changes  in  regulatory  requirements
          -  tariffs,  export  controls  and  other  barriers  to  trade
          -  potentially  adverse  tax  consequences
          -  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates
          -  longer payment  cycles  and  difficulties  in  collecting  accounts
             receivables
          -  seasonal  fluctuations  in  business  activity.


                                      -17-
<PAGE>
     RISKS  RELATED  TO  THE  INTERNET  AND  ECOMMERCE

     YEAR  2000 RISK: Although management believes that its internally developed
systems  and  technology  are  Year  2000  compliant, certain other technologies
nevertheless  could  be substantially impaired, or cease to operate, due to Year
2000  problems  (See Item 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS-IMPACT OF Y2K). The Company relies on information technology supplied
by  third  parties  as  well,  and  strategic  partners may also be dependent on
information  technologies  not Year 2000 compliant, and on their own third-party
vendor  systems  that  may  be at risk. These Year 2000 problems could adversely
affect  the Company. Further, the Internet itself could face serious disruptions
arising  from  Year  2000  problems,  although  none have surfaced to date. Many
potential  VSN clients, furthermore, may have implemented policies that prohibit
or  strongly  discourage  making changes or additions to their internal computer
systems until after the impact of Year 2000 has been assessed. Further, in 1999,
some  technology  budgets  of  prospective  customers  were  diverted from other
projects  to deal with Year 2000 issues. While the Year 2000 issue has generally
been  considered  resolved,  there  can be no assurances that the issue will not
impact  the  rate  at which VSN will be implemented inside client organizations.

     VOLATILITY  IN  STOCK  PRICE:  The  stock  market  and especially the stock
prices  of  Internet related companies have been very volatile.  This volatility
may  not  be  related  to the operating performance of the companies.  The broad
market  volatility and industry volatility may reduce the price of the Company's
stock without regard to the Company's operating performance.  The  market  price
of the  company's stock could significantly decrease  at  anytime  due  to  this
volatility.  The  uncertainty  that  results  from  such  volatility  can itself
depress  the  market  price  of  the  company's  stock.

     SUBSTANTIAL  COSTS  OF  ANY  SECURITIES  LITIGATION  COULD  DIVERT  LIMITED
RESOURCES  OF  THE  COMPANY: In the past, securities class action litigation has
often  been  brought  against  a  company following periods of volatility in the
market  price  of  its  securities. The Company could become a target of similar
securities litigation based upon the volatility of its stock in the marketplace.
Litigation  of  this  type  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  divert
management's  attention  and  resources.

     SUBSTANTIAL  COSTS  OF ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS: There
has  been  a  substantial  amount of litigation in the software industry and the
Internet industry regarding intellectual property rights. It is possible that in
the  future,  third parties may claim that the Company's technology may infringe
their  intellectual  property.  Management  is  not aware of any infringement or
claim  of  infringement by a third party. It is expected, however, that software
product  developers  and  providers  of  electronic  commerce  solutions  will
increasingly  be  subject  to  infringement claims as the number of products and
competitors  grows  and  the  functionality  of  products  in different industry
segments  overlaps.  Any  claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming
and  result  in  costly  litigation.

     DEPENDENCE  UPON,  AND  RISKS  RELATED TO, THE INTERNET: The use of VSN and
other  ASP-based  products  (see  Item 1.  DESCRIPTION  OF  BUSINESS - OVERVIEW)
depends on  the increased acceptance and use  of  the  Internet  as  a medium of
commerce and communication. While management believes that acceptance and use of
the Internet will  continue  to increase at  very  rapid  rates, there can be no
assurances that such  increase  will continue  to  develop,  or  that use of the
Internet  as  a means of  conducting  business  will  continue  or increase.  If
growth in the use of the Internet  does  not  continue,  clients  may  not adopt
or use these  new  Internet technologies  at  the  rates  or  for  the  purposes
management  has  assumed.  This could,  in  turn,  adversely  impact the Company
and the results of its business operations.  Further,  even  if  acceptance  and
use of the Internet does increase rapidly,  but  the  technology  underlying the
Internet  and  other  necessary technology  and related infrastructure does  not
effectively  support  that growth, the  Company's  future  would  be  negatively
impacted.

     POTENTIAL BREACHES OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITY SYSTEMS: A significant barrier
to  electronic  commerce  and  communications  is  the  secure  transmission  of
confidential  information  over  public  networks.  Advances  in  computer
capabilities,  new  discoveries  in the field of cryptography or other events or
developments  could  result in compromises or breaches of the Company's security
systems  or  those  of  other  web  sites  to  protect  the  Company's exclusive
information.  If  any  well-publicized compromises of security were to occur, it
could  have the effect of substantially reducing the use of the web for commerce
and communications. Anyone who circumvents the Company's security measures could


                                      -18-
<PAGE>
misappropriate  its  exclusive information or cause interruptions in services or
operations. The Internet is a public network, and data is sent over this network
from many sources. In the past, computer viruses, software programs that disable
or  impair  computers,  have  been  distributed and have rapidly spread over the
Internet.  Computer viruses could theoretically be introduced into the Company's
systems,  or those of our clients or vendors, which could disrupt VSN or another
ASP-based  product offered by the Company, or make it inaccessible to clients or
vendors.  Although  language  in  its  user agreement places responsibility with
users  to  protect  VSN from such threats, the Company may be required to expend
significant  capital  and  other  resources  to  protect  against  the threat of
security  breaches  or  to  alleviate problems caused by breaches. To the extent
that  the  Company's  activities  may  involve  the  storage and transmission of
exclusive  information,  such  as  credit  card numbers, security breaches could
expose  the  Company  to  a  risk  of loss or litigation and possible liability.
Despite  provisions  to  the  contrary  in  its  user  agreements, the Company's
security  measures  may  be  inadequate  to  prevent  security breaches, and the
Company's  business  could  be  seriously  impacted  if  they are not prevented.

     GOVERNMENT  REGULATION:  As  Internet  commerce continues to grow, the risk
that  federal,  state or foreign agencies will adopt regulations covering issues
such  as  user  privacy,  pricing, content and quality of products and services,
increases.  It  is  possible that legislation could expose companies involved in
electronic  commerce  to  liability,  which could limit the growth of electronic
commerce  generally.  Legislation  could dampen the growth in Internet usage and
decrease  its  acceptance as a communications and commercial medium. If enacted,
these  laws,  rules  or  regulations  could  limit  the market for the Company's
services.

     One  or  more  states, furthermore, may seek to impose sales tax collection
obligations  on  out-of-state  companies  like  the  Company  that  engage in or
facilitate  electronic  commerce throughout numerous states. These proposals, if
adopted,  could substantially impair the growth of electronic commerce and could
adversely  affect  the  Company's  opportunity  to derive financial benefit from
these  activities.

HISTORY

     The  Company  was  incorporated in the state of Nevada on October 22, 1980,
and  ultimately  adopted  the  name  Vsource,  Inc.  on  December  16,  1999.

     On  June  1,  1998,  the  Company  acquired all of the outstanding stock of
Wpg.Net,  Inc. for 500,000 shares of common stock plus stock options for 500,000
shares.  The  options  vest  ratably,  on  a  monthly  basis,  over  the 3 years
subsequent  to  the purchase.  If Wpg.Net, Inc. division revenues reach $500,000
before  the  3-year  vesting  period  has  expired,  the  500,000  options  vest
immediately.  The  former  shareholders  of  Wpg.Net,  Inc.  (Wpg.Net,  Inc.
Shareholders)  are  entitled  to a commission of 50% of revenue generated by the
Wpg.Net,  Inc.  division.  However, no Wpg.net, Inc. revenues have been recorded
since  it  was  acquired  and  no revenue producing activities are contemplated.
Wpg.net,  Inc.  shareholders are entitled to 25% of revenues produced by Virtual
Source,  Inc.  relating  to  sales  of  the  currently  inactive  Virtual Source
Publisher. In the event that Vsource is sold, the Wgp.Net, Inc. shareholders are
entitled  to a one-time payment of $3,000,000, the options vest immediately, and
all commission obligations cease at that time.  The Company guaranteed a minimum
stock  price of $7.00 per share for the stock held by Wpg.Net, Inc. shareholders
upon  the  sale of the Company.  The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase
and  was  included with the combined operations for the dates subsequent to June
1,  1998. As a result of the acquisition, goodwill was recorded in the amount of
$1,186,555.  During the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company determined that
the present value of future cash flows related to the acquisition of Wpg.Net was
not  material. Consequently, the remaining unamortized goodwill has been written
off  as  of  January  31,  2000.

     Subsequent  to  the  year  ended  January  31,  2000,  the  Company  raised
approximately $7 million through the sale of approximately 2.8 million shares of
the  Company'  s Series 1-A Convertible Preferred Stock.  The Company's Board of
Directors  has authorized the reincorporation of the Company under Delaware law.
The  resulting  Delaware  corporation  will  have  100 million authorized common
shares.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>
Item  2.     DESCRIPTION  OF  PROPERTY

     The  Company,  through  its  subsidiary  Virtual  Source,  Inc.,  leases
approximately  5,500  square  feet  of  standard  office  space at its principal
location  in Ventura, California.  The lease expires on March 21, 2002.  Rent is
$8,307  per  month.

     The  Company  rents  approximately  6,700 square feet of standard office in
Bothell,  Washington.  The  lease  expires on October 21, 2002, under a 36-month
lease.  Rent  is  $11,117  per  month.

     The  Company's  main  servers  are  housed in a Seattle facility especially
designed  for  mission-critical computers.  The cost is $3,200 per month, and is
available on a month-to-month basis.  This facility maintains back-up electrical
power,  fire  protection,  and  other  security  features.  Data  communications
connections  available  within  this  facility  provide  direct  access  to  the
Internet,  without  the  need  to  connect  through T-1, T-2, or T-3 high volume
telephone  lines.  Alternative  sites  in  Seattle  are available, and redundant
servers  at  other  Internet  access  sites  are  under  development.

Item  3.     LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS

     There  are  currently  no legal proceedings involving the Company, and none
threatened. However, because of the rapidly changing environment surrounding the
Internet, and the rapid pace with which new businesses enter or attempt to enter
Internet  related  businesses,  it  is  possible that disagreements will develop
regarding  business  names,  relationships,  markets,  technologies,  and  other
subjects.  Any  future  disagreement  could  lead  to  legal  action.

Item  4.     SUBMISSION  OF  MATTERS  TO  A  VOTE  OF  SECURITY  HOLDERS

     During  the fourth quarter of the year ended January 31, 2000, shareholders
approved  a  change  of  the  Company's  name to Vsource, Inc. Of the 13,589,752
issued  and  outstanding shares of common stock of the Company entitled to vote,
7,896,344  shares  were  voted  in  favor  of  an  amendment  to the Articles of
Incorporation  and  no  shares  were  voted  against  the  amendment.
PART  II

Item  5.     MARKET  FOR  COMMON  EQUITY  AND  RELATED  SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS

MARKET  INFORMATION

     Beginning  January  4, 2000, the Company's common stock began trading under
the  symbol  "VSRC" in the over-the-counter securities market.  Prior to January
4,  2000,  the  Company's  common  stock  traded  under the symbol "IBNL" in the
over-the-counter  securities  market.  The  over-the-counter  quotations reflect
interdealer bid prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission, and may
not  represent  actual  transactions.  The  over-the-counter  market  does  not
constitute  active  trading and trading in the Company's common stock is limited
and  sporadic.  The following table sets forth the range of high bid and low bid
quotations  and  the  closing  price for the fiscal quarters within the last two
years.  The  source  for  this  information  is  the  Nasdaq OTC Bulletin Board.


                                      -20-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Common  Stock
- -------------

<S>                                     <C>     <C>    <C>
For Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 1999  High    Low    Close
- --------------------------------------  ------  -----  ------

Quarter ended April 30, 1998            $ 3.25  $0.40  $ 1.78
Quarter ended July 31, 1998             $ 2.94  $1.06  $ 1.31
Quarter ended October 31, 1998          $ 1.31  $0.63  $ 0.78
Quarter ended January 31, 1999          $ 3.00  $0.69  $ 2.00

For Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2000  High    Low    Close
- --------------------------------------  ------  -----  ------

Quarter ended April 30, 1999            $ 2.38  $1.38  $ 1.41
Quarter ended July 31, 1999             $ 2.13  $1.38  $ 2.13
Quarter ended October 31, 1999          $ 2.88  $1.53  $ 1.88
Quarter ended January 31, 2000          $19.88  $1.88  $15.19
</TABLE>


SHAREHOLDERS

     As  of  April  17,  2000,  there  were  1,054 stockholders of record of the
Company's  common  stock.  Of  the  15,905,977 million outstanding shares of the
Company's  common stock at April 17, 2000, 9,578,907 shares were held in "street
name"  by  Cede,  Inc.  on  behalf  of  shareholders.

     As  of  April  17,  2000, there were 46 holders of the Company's Series 1-A
convertible  preferred  stock.

DIVIDENDS

     The  Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its common stock.
The  Company  currently  intends to retain all future earnings to finance future
growth  and,  therefore,  does  not  anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable  future.

RECENT  SALE  OF  UNREGISTERED  SECURITIES

     The  following are all securities sold by the Company or issued as warrants
within  the fiscal year ending January 31, 2000 which were not registered  under
the  Securities  Act:
     During  January  and February of 1997, the Company sold 2,918,653 shares of
restricted  common  stock  and  received  proceeds  of $583,731 before expenses.
Since  no  underwriters  were  used  and no commissions were paid, expenses were
limited  to  legal  fees  approximating  $10,000.  This  offering  was a private
placement  made  in  accordance  with  Regulation D, and in the opinion of legal
counsel  for the Company, was exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
There  were  less  than 25 offerees.  The recipients of these shares, except one
who was a senior sales executive of the Company, were accredited investors.  The
investors,  approximately  ten  in  total,  were  primarily  existing  Company
investors,  or  friends,  relatives  and  business  associates  of  the  Company
officers,  directors  or  investors.  The chief executive officer and the former
chief  financial  officer were included as investors.  The investors represented
their intention to acquire the shares for investment purposes only, and not with
a  view  to  resale  or  distribution,  and appropriate restrictive legends were
placed  on  each  stock  certificate  issued  pursuant  to  this offering.  Each
investor  had  ample  access  to the kind of information from the Company that a
registration  statement  would  include.

     From  August through November of 1997, the Company sold 1,487,763 shares of
unrestricted  common  stock,  and  received  $346,721 before offering costs.  As
before, no underwriters were used, and no commissions paid.  Offering costs were
limited  to  approximately  $4,000  for legal fees.  This offering was a private
placement  and  in the opinion of legal counsel for the Company, was exempt from
registration  under the Securities Act and made in accordance with Regulation D.
Further,  the Company was eligible under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
504,  which  allowed  the  shares  sold  in  this private placement to be issued
without  restrictive legend.  The recipients of these shares, primarily existing
Company  investors, or friends, relatives and business associates of the Company
officers,  directors  and  investors, represented their intention to acquire the
shares  for  investment  purposes  only,  and  not  with  a  view  to  resale or
distribution.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
     In  June  1998,  the  Company issued 500,000 shares of its common stock and
granted  an  option to purchase an additional 500,000 shares in exchange for all
of  the  shares  of  Wpg.Net,  Inc.,  a  Washington corporation.  The shares and
options  were  issued to DX3, Inc., a Washington corporation wholly owned by the
three  Wpg.Net  shareholders.  The  options  have an exercise price of $0.59 per
share  and  vest  ratably  each  month  over  a  three  year  period  subject to
acceleration  upon  the  achievement  of certain revenue goals.  No underwriters
were used, and no commissions were paid.  The issuances were a private placement
and  exempt  from  registration  under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.   The
transactions  did  not involve a public offering.  There were three shareholders
of Wpg.Net who were also the sole shareholders of DX3, each of whom was familiar
with  the  Company.  DX3  represented  its  intention  to acquire the shares and
option  for  investment  purposes  only,  and  not  with  a  view  to  resale or
distribution, and appropriate stop transfer instructions and restrictive legends
indicating  the  transfer  restrictions  were  placed  on each stock certificate
issued  and will be placed on each stock certificate issued upon exercise of the
options.  Each  individual  had ample access to the kind of information from the
Company  that  a  registration  statement  would  include.
     During  March  and  April  of  1999,  the  Company  sold  737,493 shares of
unrestricted  common  stock for  $999,942.  No underwriters  were  used,  and no
commissions were paid. This offering was a private placement and, in the opinion
of  counsel,  was  exempt  from  registration  under  Rule  504  of  Commission
Regulation D.  No form of general solicitation or general advertising  was  used
for any offer or sale.  The  recipients  of  these  shares,  primarily  existing
Company investors, or friends, relatives and  business associates of the Company
officers, directors  and  investors,  represented their intention to acquire the
shares for  investment  purposes  only,  and  not  with  a  view  to  resale  or
distribution.

     On  May  15,  1999,  the  Company  issued an aggregate of 636,100 shares of
common  stock upon the exercise of options held three of the Company's executive
officers.  The  exercise  prices  ranged  from $0.18 to $0.625.  No underwriters
were  used, and no commissions were paid.  The issuances were exempt pursuant to
Rule  701  promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission under the
Securities  Act.  The  option  grants  were  made  under  written  compensatory
contracts.  Appropriate  stop  transfer  instructions  and  restrictive  legends
indicating  the transfer restrictions were placed on each stock certificate when
issued.

     During  the period May 1999 to October 1999, the Company granted options to
purchase  1,039,500  shares  of  its  common  stock  to  officers, employees and
consultants.  The  exercise prices ranged from $0.75 to $1.10.  The options vest
over  periods of 27 to 36 months from date of grant.  No underwriters were used,
and  no  commissions  were paid.  The issuances were exempt pursuant to Rule 701
promulgated  by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.
The  consultants  were  natural  persons  and  the option grants were made under
written  compensatory  contracts.  Appropriate  stop  transfer  instructions and
restrictive  legends indicating the transfer restrictions will be placed on each
stock  certificate  when  issued.

     During  the  period  July  1,  1999  to December 31, 1999, the Company sold
757,720  shares  of  restricted  common  stock, for $1,140,000.  No underwriters
were  used, and no commissions were paid.  The sales were  a  private  placement
and, in the opinion of counsel, exempt from registration under  Section 4(2)  of
the  Securities  Act.   The  transactions  did  not  involve  a public offering.
There  were  eleven offerees and nine purchasers, each of whom was an accredited
investor,  and  familiar  with  the  Company  and  four of  whom  were  existing
shareholders.  The investors represented their intention  to  acquire the shares
for  investment  purposes  only,  and not with a view to resale or distribution,
and appropriate stop transfer instructions  and  restrictive  legends indicating
the transfer restrictions will be placed on each stock certificate when  issued.
Each  individual  had  ample access to the kind of information from the  Company
that  a  registration  statement  would  include.

     As  of July 31, 1999, the Company converted all $971,553 of its outstanding
convertible debt


                                      -22-
<PAGE>
into an aggregate of 2,210,201
shares  of  the  company's  common  stock.  No  underwriters  were  used, and no
commissions  were  paid.  The  issuance  of  the Company's common stock upon the
conversion  of the notes was a private placement to 22 investors and exempt from
registration  under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities Act.  No Form of general
solicitation  or  general  advertising  was  used  for  any  offer or sale.  The
investors  represented  their  Intention  to  acquire  the shares for investment
purposes only, and not  with  a  view to resale or distribution, and appropriate
stop transfer  instructions  and  restrictive  legends  indicating  the transfer
restrictions will be placed on each stock certificate when issued. Each investor
had ample access to the kind of information from the Company that a registration
statement would include.

     In  November  1999,  the  Company  issued  an  aggregate of $150,000 of 10%
convertible  demand  notes  due  on demand after December 2000 to two accredited
investors.  The  notes,  principal and interest, are convertible into restricted
shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock at a rate of $2.50 per share.  None of
these  notes have been converted.  No underwriters were used, and no commissions
were  paid.  The  issuance of the Company's notes was a private placement exempt
from  registration  under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act.  No Form  of
general  solicitation  or  general  advertising  was used for any offer or sale.
Prior to conversion, the investors must represent their intention to acquire the
conversion shares for investment purposes only, and not with a view to resale or
distribution, and appropriate stop transfer instructions and restrictive legends
indicating  the  transfer  restrictions will be placed on each stock certificate
when issued.  Each investor had ample access to the kind of information from the
Company  that  a  registration  statement  would  include.

     During  the  period  November  1999 to February 2000, the Company issued or
committed  to  issuing  warrants  to  purchase an aggregate of 870,000 shares of
common  stock  to  one consultant and four corporations at exercise prices which
range from $2.00 to $25.00 in exchange for financial consulting and distribution
and  marketing  services.  No  underwriters  were  used, and no commissions were
paid.  The  warrants were issued or will be issued as a private placement exempt
from registration  under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.  No Form of general
solicitation or general advertising was used for any offer or sale.  The warrant
holders represented  their  intention  to  acquire  the warrants for  investment
purposes only, and not with a  view  to  resale or distribution, and appropriate
stop transfer instructions  and  restrictive  legends  indicating  the  transfer
restrictions  will  be  placed  on  each warrant and each stock certificate when
issued.  Each  warrant  holder  had ample access to the kind of information from
the  Company  that  a  registration  statement  would  include.

     During  the  period December 1, 1999 to February 24, 2000, the Company sold
2,802,000  shares  of  Series  1-A  Convertible Preferred Stock to 46 accredited
investors for $7,005,000. Each share of preferred stock is initially convertible
into  one  share  of common  stock.  Offering costs were approximately  $151,269
including transfer agent fees, printing costs, legal  fees  and  commissions  or
finders'  fees.  The  offering  was a private placement made in accordance  with
Regulation D.  All of the purchasers  were  accredited  investors.  No  form  of
general solicitation or general advertising  was  used  for  any  offer or sale.
The investors represented their intention to acquire  the  shares for investment
purposes only, and not with a view to resale or  distribution,  and  appropriate
restrictive legends were placed on each stock  certificate  issued  pursuant  to
this  offering.

     In connection with the sales of the Series 1-A Convertible Preferred Stock,
the  Company  issued  or  will  issue  warrants to purchase an aggregate 386,691
shares  of  common  stock  as additional finder's  fees  and commissions and for
other services in connection with  the  offering.  The warrants were issued,  or
will  be  issued, to five consultants and as a  private  placement  exempt  from
registration under Section 4(2) of  the  Securities  Act.  No  Form  of  general
solicitation or general advertising was used for any offer or sale.  The warrant
holders  represented  their  intention  to acquire the warrants  for  investment
purposes only, and not with a view to resale or  distribution,  and  appropriate
stop  transfer  instructions and restrictive  legends  indicating  the  transfer
restrictions will be placed on each warrant  and  each  stock  certificate  when
issued.  Each investor had ample access to the  kind  of  information  from  the
Company  that  a  registration  statement  would  include.

     On  January  17, 2000, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate
of  78,750  shares  of  common stock to 6 key employees exercisable at $1.66 per
share.  No  underwriters  were  used,  and no commissions were paid.  The grants
were  intended  to  be private placements exempt from registration under Section
4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act.  The  option  grants  were  made  under  written
compensatory  contracts.  Appropriate stop transfer instructions and restrictive
legends  indicating  the  transfer  restrictions  will  be  placed on each stock
certificate  when  issued.

See "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
     On  February 23, 2000, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate
of  125,000  shares of common stock to an executive officer exercisable at $2.50
per share.  No underwriters were used, and no commissions were paid.  The grants
were  a  private  placement  exempt  from registration under Section 4(2) of the
Securities  Act.  The  option  grants  were  made  under  written  compensatory
contracts.  Appropriate  stop  transfer  instructions  and  restrictive  legends
indicating  the  transfer  restrictions will be placed on each stock certificate
when  issued.

Item  6.     MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
             RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS

     The  following discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition
and  results  of  operations  should  be  read in conjunction with the Company's
financial  statements  and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.

FORWARD  LOOKING  STATEMENTS

     The  statements  contained  in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  include  "forward  looking"
information  within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and are subject to the safe harbor created by those sections.  The actual future
results  of  the  Company  could  differ  materially from those projected in the
forward-looking  information.  For  a  discussion  of certain factors that could
cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected  by  the
forward-looking  information, please refer to "Item 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS -
FACTORS  THAT  MAY  AFFECT  FUTURE  PERFORMANCE."

OVERVIEW

     The Company creates and markets "pure" Internet-based applications using an
Application  Service  Provider  (ASP)  model.  An ASP model is best described as
providing  the  ability  on  a rental basis for clients to access by an Internet
browser,  such  as Internet Explorer or Netscape Communicator, computer software
and  data that reside on a remote server on the Internet, rather than the user's
computer  or  a  server on the user's local area network. The Company intends to
generate  fees  by  charging  a  small  set-up  fee to use its software and then
charging  based  upon  time  or  transactions,  depending  upon  the  situation.
Currently,  the  Company  offers  one application, Virtual Source Network (VSN),
which  may  be  used by corporate clients to purchase goods and services via the
Internet.

     Currently  all  financial, technical and marketing resources of the Company
are  dedicated  to  VSN.  The  Company  plans to sell VSN through a direct sales
force,  through  independent  resellers,  and  through strategic partnerships in
which VSN will be offered to the partner's base of customers. VSN is designed to
be  sold  initially through a pilot program for on-going transaction fees and an
initial  set-up fee of $25,000. During the pilot program, the client is expected
to  test  the  functionality  of VSN and determine how much customization of the
system,  if  any,  is  required  for  a  full  implementation.


     During  1997 and early 1998, the Company offered an earlier version of VSN,
which  was a software application installed on client computers. The Company has
discontinued the sale and use of this product. The Company's Internet version of
VSN  has  just  recently  been made available for use by clients. The Company is
presently  hiring  a  direct  sales  force  and  creating  relationships  with
independent  resellers  and  strategic  partners.

     The  Internet  version of VSN is now being used on a trial basis by initial
customers.  As  a  result, the limited operating history makes the prediction of
future  operating  results  very  difficult. In particular, the Company believes
that period-to-period comparisons of operating results should not be relied upon
as  predictive  of  future  performance.  Operating results are expected to vary
significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  are  difficult  or impossible to
predict. The Company's operating prospects must be considered in relationship to
the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties  encountered by any company at an early


                                      -24-
<PAGE>
stage  of  development,  particularly  companies  in  new  and  rapidly evolving
markets.  The  Company  may  not  be  successful  in  addressing  such risks and
difficulties.  For  more  information,  please  refer to "Item 1. DESCRIPTION OF
BUSINESS  -  FACTORS  THAT  MAY  AFFECT  FUTURE  PERFORMANCE."

RECENT  EVENTS

     In  April  2000,  the  Company  signed  a  letter  of  intent  with  NeTune
Corporation  of  Los  Angeles,  California,  pursuant  to which the Company will
provide  its  electronic  purchasing  service  to  companies  in  the  film  and
television  production  industries  that  use  NeTune's  satellite  based
communications  services. NeTune allows film and television companies to perform
a  series  of  electronic  services directly from remote production locations by
using  two-way  satellite  communications.

     In  March  2000,  the  Company  formed  a strategic marketing and technical
alliance  with  Internet  Commerce Corp. (ICC) of New York City, New York, where
ICC  will  connect  its  Internet electronic data interchange (EDI) network with
VSN.  The  interconnection will allow VSN customers to exchange purchase-related
documents  with  companies  that  accept such documents in the EDI standard. ICC
estimates  that more than 400,000 companies worldwide have the ability to accept
purchasing-related  documents  via  the  EDI  standards.

     In  February  2000,  the Company entered into a strategic relationship with
U.S.  West,  Inc. of Denver, Colorado, pursuant to which the two firms agreed to
make  VSN  available to U.S. West's business customers. U.S. West also agreed to
take  a  minority  equity  stake  in  Vsource.  VSN  is the first component of a
comprehensive collection of services that U.S. West said it intends to launch in
2000.  U.S.  West  provides  telecommunications  and  related services, wireless
services,  high-speed  data  and  Internet  services  and  directory  services
principally  to  customers  in  the  states  of  Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Iowa,
Minnesota,  Montana,  Nebraska,  New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota,
Utah,  Washington  and  Wyoming.

     In  February  2000,  the  Company  entered a strategic alliance with Vitria
Technology  Inc.  of Sunnyvale, California, pursuant to which Vitria's eBusiness
platform,  BusinessWare,  will  be  used  by  Vsource  customers  to  speed  the
development  of  links  between  VSN  and  existing internal processing systems.
Vitria  is  a  provider  of  eBusiness  infrastructure  software  that  enables
incompatible  information  technology  systems  to  exchange  information  over
corporate  networks  and  the  Internet.

     In January 2000, the Company entered a strategic alliance with ZoomON, Inc.
of  San  Jose,  California,  pursuant  to  which  ZoomON's  vector  graphics
visualization  and design software will be used to develop sophisticated product
catalogs  based on product drawings. Customers can use the ZoomON-based catalogs
over  the  Internet to click on a product drawing and then select specific parts
to  be  ordered.

     In  November  1999,  the  Company  entered  into  a strategic alliance with
Corporate Express of Bloomfield, Colorado, pursuant to which Corporate Express's
extensive  catalog  of  office  and  computer products and services will be made
available  as  part  of  VSN.  Corporate  Express,  a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Buhrmann  NV,  has operations in more than 300 locations worldwide, including 89
distribution  centers.

     The  Company  is  a  paying client of IBM, which has developed the training
program  for  VSN  users.  Clients  of the Company retain the services of IBM in
order  to  train  their  staffs  to use the VSN system. In addition, IBM and the
Company  have  each  agreed informally to make their respective clients aware of
the  other  firm's  services,  where  it  seems  appropriate  for  the client in
question.

RESULT  OF  OPERATIONS  -  FISCAL  YEAR  2000  VERSUS  FISCAL  YEAR  1999

     REVENUES:  Revenues for the year ended January 31, 2000 decreased to $3,500
from  revenues  of  $60,527  for  the year ended January 31, 1999, a decrease of
$57,027,  or  94%.  Revenues  decreased primarily because the Company ceased its
sales  of subscriptions to the software version of VSN in the year ended January
3,  1999,  and because the new Internet version of VSN did not generate revenues
in  the  year  ended  January  31,  2000.


                                      -25-
<PAGE>
     GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES: General and administrative expenses
increased  to  $1,167,328  for the year ended January 31, 2000 from $298,468 for
the  year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of $868,860, or 291%. The increase
was  due  primarily  to  expenses  associated  with  an  increase  in personnel,
including  payroll,  rent  and  travel.

     RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT: Research and development expenses of $3,458,933
for  the  year  ended  January  31, 2000 grew from $1,263,720 for the year ended
January  31,  1999,  an increase of $2,195,213, or 174%. The increase was due to
increased  costs  associated  with  the  development  of  the Company's Internet
version  of  its  VSN electronic purchasing system. Such increased costs include
additional  personnel  and  personnel-related  expenses  as  well  as  increased
licensing  fees  for  development-related  tools  and  systems.

     TOTAL EXPENSES: Total expenses of $4,626,261 for the year ended January 31,
2000  increased from $1,562,368 for the year ended January 31, 1999, an increase
of  $3,063,893, or 196%. The increase in total expenses was due primarily to the
increases  in  both  research  and  development  and  general and administrative
expenses.

     LOSS  FROM OPERATIONS: The Company had a loss from operations of $4,622,761
for  the  year  ended  January 31, 2000 versus a loss of $1,501,841 for the year
ended  January  31, 1999, an increase of $3,120,920, or 207%. The loss increased
because  of  increased  costs associated with developing the Internet version of
VSN  versus  a  decline  in  revenues associated with discontinuing the software
version  of  VSN.

     INTEREST  EXPENSE: Interest expenses of $388,571 for the year ended January
31,  2000 grew from $351,499 for the year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of
$37,072,  or  11%.  The increase was due primarily to the difference between the
conversion  rates  of  Convertible  Demand  Notes issued by the Company, and the
market  prices  of the Company's unrestricted common stock on or about the dates
such Notes were issued.   Since the Notes are convertible into restricted common
stock,  however, investors require discounted conversion rates which reflect the
illiquid  nature  of  restricted  stock,  and  Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles  require  that  interest  expense  be  charged  for  any  such  price
difference.

     LOSS  ON  IMPAIRMENT  OF  INTANGIBLE ASSETS: The Company incurred a loss of
$527,356  for the year ended January 31, 2000 versus no impairment losses in the
year  ended  January  31,  1999.  The  Company  determined  that  its  June 1998
investment  in  Wpg Net, Inc., and its technology, did not continue to carry the
value  originally anticipated.  As a result, the goodwill remaining on the books
as  of  January  31,  2000  was  eliminated  and  charged  to  expense.

     OTHER  INCOME:  Other Income of $15,394 for the year ended January 31, 2000
declined  from  $91,110  for  the  year  ended  January  31, 1999, a decrease of
$75,716,  or 83%. Other income in 1999 was derived primarily from the settlement
of  a  lawsuit against the Company's landlord in which the Company received free
rent.

     NET  LOSS:  The  net loss of $5,523,294 for the year ended January 31, 2000
increased  from  $1,762,230  for the year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of
$3,761,064,  or  213%,  almost  entirely  as  a  result  of  increased loss from
operations,  and  loss  on  impairment,  as  noted  above.

     BASIC  WEIGHTED  AVERAGE  NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING: The weighted
average  number of shares of 13,931,634 for the year ended January 31, 2000 grew
from  10,529,147  for  the year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of 3,402,487
shares,  or  32%.  The  increase  resulted  from  issuing  2,210,201 shares upon
conversion  of  Convertible  Demand  Notes,  1,500,213 shares in return for cash
invested  in  the company during the year, 636,100 shares upon exercise of stock
options,  and  64,165  shares  in  return  for services provided to the Company.

     NET  LOSS  PER COMMON SHARE: The net loss per common share of $0.40 for the
year  ended  January  31,  2000  grew  from  $0.17 per share for fiscal 1999, an
increase  of $0.23, or 135%, as a result of the increased net loss for the year,
partially  offset  by the increase in outstanding Common Shares, as noted above.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>
CHANGES  IN  CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF  CASH  FLOWS

     CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: The Company had a decrease in cash of
$2,863,183 from operating activities in the year ended January 31, 2000 versus a
decrease  in cash of $811,229 in the year ended January 31, 1999, an increase of
$2,051,954, or 252%, in the use of cash. The increased use of cash resulted from
a  net  loss of $5,523,294 offset by non-cash items affecting income and changes
in  operating  assets  and liabilities of $2,660,111. The net loss was primarily
due  to  increases  in  general  and administrative and research and development
expenses  associated  with  the development of the Company's Internet version of
its  VSN  eProcurement  software,  while  the  Company  generated  no offsetting
revenues.

     CASH  FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: For the year ended January 31, 2000,
cash  flows  from investing activities decreased $282,028 because of advances to
employees  of  $41,820 and purchase of equipment of $240,208. For the year ended
January  31,  1999,  cash  flows  from investing activities decreased $9,400 for
advances  to  employees.

     CASH  FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: For the year ended January 31, 2000,
cash  flows  from  financing  activities  increased by $8,292,441, consisting of
$6,002,500  from  a  private  placement,  $2,139,941 from the issuance of common
stock, and  $150,000  from borrowings.  See Item 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND
RELATED  SHAREHOLDER  MATTERS  -  RECENT  SALE  OF  UNREGISTERED  SECURITIES.

     For  the  year ended January 31, 1999, cash flows from financing activities
increased $825,160 from borrowings. This debt has all been converted into equity
See  Item  5.  MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS - RECENT
SALE  OF  UNREGISTERED  SECURITIES.

LIQUIDITY  AND  CAPITAL  RESOURCES

     The  Company's  principal sources of cash and cash equivalents were derived
from private sales of the Company's equity and debt securities.  The sole source
of  funds  for  the Company from the date of inception through January 31, 2000,
other  than  the  sale of equity and debt securities, has been from sales of the
earlier software products.  No cash was derived from such sales made in the year
ended  January  31,  2000.

     The  Company  completed  the year ended January 31, 2000 with cash and cash
equivalents totaling approximately $5.2 million.  As of March 31, 2000 the total
of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  was  approximately  $4.0  million.

     The  Company  is  currently  expending  approximately $800,000 per month of
cash  and cash equivalents.  At this rate, without addition capital or revenues,
the  Company  cannot continue operations much beyond the early part of the third
quarter  beginning  August  1,  2000.

     The Company anticipates material client revenues to begin during the second
quarter.  Also,  the Company has initiated a private equity offering through its
investment bank that is anticipated to fund, fully or in part, during the second
quarter.

     If  revenues or the private equity offering do not materialize on schedule,
the  Company  has  a  contingent plan of cash conservation that will allow it to
operate  through  the  remaining  quarters  of  the  current  year.


                                      -27-
<PAGE>
Item  7.   FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                          ----------------------------



Board  of  Directors
VSource,  Inc.

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of VSource, Inc. (a
Nevada  corporation)  as  of  January  31,  2000  and  the  related consolidated
statements  of  operations,  shareholders'  deficit  and cash flows for the year
ended  January  31,  2000.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on  our  audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those  standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant estimates made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our opinion.

In  our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material respects, the financial position of VSource, Inc. as of
January  31,  2000 and the results of its operations, and its cash flows for the
year  then  ended  in  conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


/s/  Grant Thornton LLP
Los  Angeles,  California
April  7,  2000


                                      -28-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                January 31, 2000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ASSETS

<S>                                               <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash                                             $5,124,399
  Restricted cash                                      82,768
                                                  ------------
    Total current assets                            5,207,167

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
  Equipment and fixtures                              240,208
  Less - accumulated depreciation                     (17,708)
                                                  ------------
                                                      222,500

EMPLOYEE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES                        110,728
                                                  ------------
                                                   $5,540,395
                                                  ============

                           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable                                   $247,472
  Accrued expenses                                    100,937
  Amounts related to in-process
      private placement of preferred stock          6,002,500
  Convertible notes payable                           150,000
                                                  ------------
                                                    6,500,909

SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
  Preferred stock ($0.01 par value, 5,000,000
    shares authorized; no shares issued)                   --
  Common stock ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000
    shares authorized; 15,807,130 issued
    and outstanding)                                  158,071
  Additional paid-in capital                       10,645,934
  Deferred Compensation                            (1,780,817)
  Accumulated deficit                              (9,804,904)
                                                  ------------
                                                     (781,716)
  Less: Notes receivable from the sale of stock      (178,798)
                                                  ------------
                                                     (960,514)
                                                  ------------
                                                   $5,540,395
                                                  ============
</TABLE>

     The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                         For the Years Ended January 31,


                                                 2000             1999
                                               -------------  ------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
Revenue                                              $3,500       $60,527

General and administrative expenses               1,167,328       298,648
Research and development                          3,458,933     1,263,720
                                               -------------  ------------
  Total expenses                                  4,626,261     1,562,368
                                               -------------  ------------
Loss from operations                             (4,626,761)   (1,501,841)

Other income (expense):
  Interest expense                                 (388,571)     (351,499)
  Loss on impairment of intangible asset           (527,356)            -
  Other income                                       15,394        91,110
                                               -------------  ------------
Net loss                                        $(5,523,294)  $(1,762,230)
                                               =============  ============
Basic weighted average number of
common shares outstanding                        13,931,634    10,529,147
                                               =============  ============
Net loss per common share                            $(0.40)  $     (0.17)
                                               =============  ============
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         For the Year Ended January 31,

                                                                        2000          1999
                                                                 ------------  ------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss                                                       $(5,523,294)  $(1,762,230)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
    net cash used by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                                      436,671       285,340
  Interest expense related to
    the beneficial conversion feature                                349,710       290,657
  Interest expense converted to equity                                36,568            --
  Impairment of intangible asset                                     527,356            --
  Compensation expense from stock option grants                      424,266       155,112
  Services paid with equity                                          548,513       192,235
  Settlement of rent litigation                                       37,500       (37,500)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable                                              3,590        (3,590)
      Prepaid expenses                                                    --        27,562
      Other assets                                                        --           877
      Accounts payable                                               198,250        16,735
      Deferred revenue                                                (3,250)      (25,469)
      Accrued liabilities                                            100,937        49,042
                                                                 ------------  ------------
Net cash used in operating activities                             (2,863,183)     (811,229)

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Advances to employees                                              (41,820)       (9,400)
  Purchase of equipment                                             (240,208)           --
                                                                 ------------  ------------
      Net cash used in investing activities                         (282,028)       (9,400)

Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock                           2,139,941            --
  Proceeds from private placement                                  6,002,500            --
  Proceeds from borrowings                                           150,000       825,160
                                                                 ------------  ------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities                    8,292,441       825,160
                                                                 ------------  ------------
Net increase in cash                                               5,147,230         4,531
                                                                 ------------  ------------
Cash at beginning of period                                           59,937        55,406
                                                                 ------------  ------------
Cash at end of period                                             $5,207,167       $59,937
                                                                 ============  ============

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities:
  Issuance of warrants in exchange for services                     $435,000            --
  Conversion of debt to equity                                      $971,553      $319,007
                                                                 ============  ============
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    VSOURCE, INC.
                              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)


                                      Common Stock         Additional       Deferred      Notes     Accumulated   Stockholder's
                                    Shares    Amount     Paid-in-Capital  Compensation  Receivable  Deficit       Equity/(Deficit)
                                 -----------  ---------  ---------------  ------------  ----------  ------------  ----------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 31, 1998      10,804,295   $108,043       $2,310,724           $ -        $ -    $(2,519,380)        $(100,613)
Common stock surrendered         (1,000,000)   (10,000)          10,000                                                        --
Issuance of common stock-
Acquisition of WPG.net              500,000      5,000        1,181,555                                                 1,186,555
Issuance of common stock upon
     conversion of demand notes     778,656      7,786          311,221                                                   319,007
Beneficial conversion feature                                   290,657                                                   290,657
Granting of common stock
      options for services                                       45,725                                                    45,725
Issuance of common stock
      for services                  318,500      3,185          146,510                                                   149,695
Net loss                                                                                             (1,762,230)       (1,762,230)
                                 -----------  ---------  ---------------  ------------  ----------  ------------  ----------------
Balance at January 31, 1999      11,401,451    114,014        4,296,392                              (4,281,610)          128,796
Issuance of common stock,
     net of issuance costs        1,495,213     14,952        2,124,990                                                 2,139,942
Issuance of common stock
      upon conversion of
      demand notes                2,210,201     22,102          949,451                                                   971,553
Issuance of common
     stock for services              64,165        642          112,735                                                   113,377
Granting of common stock
     options for services                                     2,123,382   (1,780,817)                                     343,015
Issuance of warrants -
 related party                                                  435,136                                                   435,136
Beneficial conversion feature                                   349,710                                                   349,710
Modification in terms
 of stock options                                                81,251                                                    81,251
Exercise of stock options           636,100      6,361          172,437                 (178,798)                              --
Net loss                                                                                             (5,523,294)       (5,523,294)
                                 -----------  ---------  ---------------  ------------  ----------  ------------  ----------------
Balance at January 31, 2000      15,807,130   $158,071      $10,645,934   $(1,780,817)  $(178,798)  $(9,804,904)        $(960,514)
                                 ===========  =========  ===============  ============  ==========  ============  ================
</TABLE>

         The accompanying Notes are an integral part of this statement.


                                      -32-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


NOTES  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

1.   NATURE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

ORGANIZATION  AND  BUSINESS

VSource,  Inc.  (VSource  or  the  "Company") creates and markets Internet-based
applications  for businesses. An Internet-based application is best described as
computer  software  and  data  that  reside  on a remote server, rather than the
user's  computer,  where  that software and data are accessed over the Internet.
The  Company  intends  to  generate  fees  by  licensing  its  Internet-based
applications  for  use  by businesses.  Currently, the Company offers VSN as its
primary application.  VSN may be used by corporate clients to purchase goods and
services  via  the  Internet.  The Company has also developed and has previously
offered  Virtual  Source  Publisher, a do-it-yourself Internet web site builder.
Virtual  Source Publisher is currently inactive but is being retained for future
use  as  a  supporting  application.

VSource  was  incorporated  in  Nevada  on  October  22,  1980  as  Cinema-Star
Corporation and, in September 1989, was renamed Dyna-Seal Corporation.  Prior to
February  1,  1995, the Company's name was changed several times, and its former
line  of  business  (manufacturing,  packaging  and  distribution  of  coatings,
sealants  and adhesive for use in aircraft and marine industries) was completely
discontinued.  In  July 1995, the Company changed its name to Interactive Buyers
Network  International,  Ltd.,  and  acquired  all  of the outstanding shares of
Buyer/Seller  Interactive  Software,  Inc.,  a Nevada corporation whose name was
subsequently changed to Virtual Source, Inc., ("VSI").   The Company changed its
name  to  VSource,  Inc.  in  December  1999.

On  June  1, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Wpg.Net,
Inc.  ("Wpg.Net").  See  Note  3.

PRINCIPLES  OF  CONSOLIDATION

The  consolidated financial statements include the accounts of VSource, Inc. and
its wholly owned subsidiaries Virtual Source, Inc. and Wpg.Net, Inc. Significant
intercompany  accounts  have  been  eliminated.

REVENUE  RECOGNITION

The  Company  accounts  for revenue in accordance with the American Institute of
Certified  Public  Accountants  (the AICPA) Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2
"Software  Revenue  Recognition,"  which provides guidance on applying generally
accepted  accounting  principles  for software revenue recognition transactions.

When  the  Internet  version  of  the Company's software is fully functional and
available  for sale, the Company plans on charging initial license fees and user
fees.

The initial license fees are charged in return for granting the client access to
the  network  and  the Interactive Buyer's servers where the system resides. The
Company  has  not  yet  received  revenue related to the Internet version of the
software. The revenue related to the initial license fees will be amortized over
the  service  life  of  a  customer relationship, currently estimated to be five
years.

In addition to the initial fees, the Company plans on charging a transaction fee
for  each  transaction  consummated  by  the  licensee  on  the  network.

RESEARCH  AND  DEVELOPMENT

Research  and  development  expenditures  are charged to operations as incurred.

SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT  COST

Software  development costs have been accounted for in accordance with Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  (SFAS)  No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of
Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed. Under that standard,


                                      -33-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


capitalization  of  software  development costs begins upon the establishment of
technological  feasibility,  subject  to  net  realizable  value considerations.
Capitalized  software  costs  are  amortized  over the greater of: 1) the amount
computed  using  the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the
total  current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product; or 2) the
straight-line  method over the remaining estimated useful life of the product in
which  the  life  is  generally estimated to be three years. The Company has not
incurred  any  significant  capitalization costs after technological feasibility
was  achieved  and thus does not have any capitalized software development costs
for  the  years  ended  January  31,  1999  and  2000.

PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT

Property  and equipment are stated at cost. The assets are depreciated using the
straight-line  method  over their estimated useful lives of five years. Carrying
values  are  reviewed  periodically for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  may  not  be
recoverable.

The  policy  of  the  Company  is  to capitalize significant improvements and to
expense  repairs  and  maintenance.

Depreciation  expense  for the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000 was $21,661
and  $40,275,  respectively.

IMPAIRMENT  OF  LONG  LIVED  ASSETS

The  Company evaluates its long lived assets by measuring the carrying amount of
the  assets against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with
them.  If  such  evaluations indicate that the future undiscounted cash flows of
certain  long  lived  assets are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of
such  assets,  the  assets  are  adjusted  to  their  fair  values.

INTANGIBLE  ASSETS

Intangible  assets,  principally  goodwill,  are  amortized on the straight-line
method  over  a period of 3 years. The carrying amounts of intangible assets are
assessed  for  impairment  when  operating  profit  from  the  related  business
indicates  the  carrying  amounts of the assets may not be recoverable. Carrying
values  are  reviewed  periodically for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of intangible assets may not be
recoverable.  The  Company  recorded  an impairment of goodwill in the amount of
$527,356  for the year ended January 31, 2000.  Amortization for the years ended
January  31,  1999  and  2000  was  $263,757  and  $396,396,  respectively.

STOCK  BASED  COMPENSATION

The  Company  has  adopted  the  disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The
Company  has  chosen  under  the  provisions  of  SFAS 123 to continue using the
intrinsic-value  method  of  accounting for employee stock-based compensation in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for
Stock  Issued  to  Employees.

LOSS  PER  SHARE

Loss  per share of common stock is computed using the weighted average number of
common  shares outstanding during the period shown. Common stock equivalents are
not  included  in  the  determination  of  the weighted average number of shares
outstanding,  as  they  would  be  antidilutive.

ADVERTISING  COST

The  Company  charges  advertising  costs  to  expense  as incurred. Advertising
expense  for  the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000 was $1,073 and $245,680,
respectively.


                                      -34-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


STATEMENT  OF  CASH  FLOWS

For  the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash includes amounts "on-hand"
and  amounts  deposited  with  financial  institutions.

Supplemental  disclosure  of  cash  flow  information  is  as  follows:

Cash  paid  during  the  periods:

                       For  the  Years  Ended  January  31,
                       ------------------------------------
                            2000                 1999
                       ------------------------------------
Interest               $       -              $     -
                       ==============  ====================
Income  taxes          $   1,600             $  1,600
                       ==============  ====================

Supplemental  schedule  of  non-cash  investing  and  financing  transactions:

Issuance  of  common  stock  in  connection  with  the  following  transactions:

                                      For  the  Years  Ended  January  31,
                                      ------------------------------------
                                            2000             1999
                                        ----------------------------------

Conversion  of  notes  payable                $996,553         $   319,007
Purchase  of  Wpg.Net                    $          -           $1,186,555
                                        ===============     ==============

For  the year ended January 31, 2000, options for 636,100 shares of common stock
were  exercised  for  notes  receivable  in  the  amount  of  $178,798.

USE  OF  ESTIMATES

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial statements in conformity with
generally  accepted  accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and  assumptions  that  affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the reporting
period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  estimates  and  assumptions made.

2.     REALIZATION  OF  ASSETS

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been prepared in conformity with
generally  accepted accounting principles, which contemplate continuation of the
company  as  a  going  concern.  However,  the company has sustained substantial
losses  from  operations in recent years, and such losses have continued through
the year ended January 31, 2000.  In addition, the company has used, rather than
provided,  cash  in  its  operations.

In view of the matters described in the preceding paragraph, recoverability of a
major  portion  of  the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance
sheet  is  dependent  upon continued operations of the company, which in turn is
dependent  upon  the  company's  ability to meet its financing requirements on a
continuing  basis,  to  maintain present financing, and to succeed in its future
operations.  The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to
the  recoverability  and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and
classification  of  liabilities  that  might  be necessary should the company be
unable  to  continue  in  existence.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


Management  has  taken the following steps to revise its operating and financial
requirements,  which  it believes are sufficient to provide the company with the
ability  to  continue its operations:  it has retained experienced operating and
financial management, it has concluded contracts with clients which will provide
revenues  in  future  periods,  and its has retained an investment bank to raise
additional  capital.

3.     ACQUISITION  OF  WPG.NET,  INC.

On  June  1, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Wpg.Net,
Inc. for an aggregate purchase price of $1,186,555. VSource, Inc. issued 500,000
shares  of  common  stock  with a fair value of $625,000 ($1.25 per share), plus
stock options for 500,000 shares with a fair value of $561,555. The options vest
ratably,  on  a  monthly  basis, over the 3 years subsequent to the purchase. If
Wpg.Net,  Inc. division revenues reach $500,000 before the 3-year vesting period
has  expired,  the  500,000 options vest immediately. The former shareholders of
Wpg.Net,  Inc.  (Wpg.Net, Inc. shareholders) are entitled to a commission of 50%
of  revenue  generated by the Wpg.Net, Inc. division. Wpg.Net, Inc. shareholders
are entitled to 25% of the revenues produced by Virtual Source, Inc. relating to
the sales of Virtual Source Publisher.  As of January 31, 2000, no revenues have
been generated related to Wpg.Net, Inc. or the Virtual Source Publisher.  In the
event  that  VSource  is  sold, the Wpg.Net, Inc. shareholders are entitled to a
one-time payment of $3,000,000, the options vest immediately, and all commission
obligations cease to accrue at that time. The Company guaranteed a minimum stock
price  of  $7.00 per share for stock held by Wpg.Net, Inc. shareholders upon the
sale  of  the  Company.

The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  purchase and was included with the
combined operations for the dates subsequent to June 1, 1998. As a result of the
acquisition,  goodwill  was recorded in the amount of $1,186,555. In conjunction
with  the  acquisition of Wpg.Net, three of Wpg.Net's executives signed one-year
employment  agreements  with  the  Company. The contracts guaranteed the Wpg.Net
executives  salaries  ranging  from $49,500 to $77,250 per year. These contracts
have  expired; however, these executives remain active employees of the Company.

During  the year ended January 31, 2000, the Company determined that the present
value  of  future  cash  flows  related  to  the  acquisition of Wpg.Net was not
material.  Consequently, the remaining unamortized goodwill has been written off
as  of  January  31,  2000.

4.     NOTES  RECEIVABLE  -  RELATED  PARTIES

The  Company has unsecured notes receivables from several officers which totaled
$178,798  as  of January 31, 2000. The notes are due on demand and bear interest
at  an annual rate of 6%. The notes were granted in connection with the exercise
of  636,100  stock  options  on  May  15,  1999.

5.     CONVERTIBLE  NOTES  PAYABLE


In  July  1999, the company converted all of its outstanding convertible debt to
equity.  To  induce  debt  holders to convert prior to the 90-day notice period,
the Company offered a financial inducement.  The total amount of the inducement,
charged  to interest expense, was $19,860.  The total amount of shares issued in
connection  with  the conversion of debt for the year ended January 31, 2000 was
2,210,201  shares.

In  November  1999,  the  Company  issued  $150,000 of 10% convertible notes due
December  31,  2000 to certain investors.  The notes are convertible into shares
of  restricted  common stock at a per share price of $2.50.  None of these notes
were  converted  as  of  January  31,  2000.

The  Company  allocated  a  portion  of  the  convertible  notes to the embedded
beneficial  conversion  feature  in  the  convertible notes and credited paid-in
capital.  The portion allocated to the beneficial conversion feature was charged


                                      -36-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


to  interest  expense  at  the date of issuance.  The amount charged to interest
expense  related  to  convertible notes issued during the year ended January 31,
2000  was  $112,500.

6.     STOCK  OPTIONS  AND  WARRANTS

The  Company  has granted various non-qualified stock options to key executives,
management  and  other employees at exercise prices equal to or below the market
price at the date of grant. In general, options become exercisable from 8 months
to  3  years  from  the  grant  date.

On  June  10,  1998,  the Board of Directors granted options to shareholders' of
Wpg.Net,  Inc.  to  purchase  500,000  shares of the Company's restricted common
stock  at  an exercise price of $0.59 per share. The options vest monthly over a
three-year  period  and  have  a  term  ending  in  June  2008.

The  following  table summarizes information about stock option transactions for
the  years  ended  January  31,  1999  and  2000:


                                                  Weighted
                                    Shares    Average Exercise
                                                    Price
                                  ----------  -----------------
Outstanding at January 30, 1998     506,100               $0.19
Granted                             630,000                0.73
Exercised                                 -                   -
Cancelled                                 -                   -
                                  ----------
Outstanding at January 31, 1999:  1,136,100                0.49
Granted                           1,273,250                0.93
Exercised                          (636,100)               0.28
Cancelled                          (130,000)               1.25
                                  ----------

Outstanding at January 31, 2000   1,643,250                0.85
                                  ----------

Exercisable at January 31, 2000     676,856                0.72
                                  ----------


The  following  table  summarizes information about stock options outstanding at
January  31,  2000:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Weighted
                                         Average                              Exercisable
                                         Remaining    Weighted                Weighted
               Range    of  Number   of  Years of     Average   Number Of     Average
               Exercise     Options      Contractual  Exercise  Options       Exercise
               Prices       Outstanding  Life         Price     Exercisable   Price
             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
January 31,  $0.59 - 1.66    1,643,250         8.76      $0.85      676,856         $0.72
2000
</TABLE>


The  Company  has  elected  to  continue  using  the  intrinsic-value  method of
accounting  for  stock-based  awards granted to employees in accordance with APB
25.  For  the  year  ended  January  31, 2000, the Company recorded compensation
expense  in  the  amount  of  $424,266.

The following table reflects pro forma net income and earnings per share had the
Company  elected  to  adopt  the  fair  value approach of SFAS 123 for the years
ended:


                                      -37-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


                                  January  31,
                                 ----------------------------------
                                  2000               1999
                                 -------------     ----------------
Net  loss  as  reported          $(5,523,294)          $(1,762,230)
Pro  forma                       $(6,921,005)          $(1,802,545)
Loss  per  share  as reported         $(0.40)               $(0.17)
Pro  forma                            $(0.50)               $(0.17)

The  estimated  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  is  calculated using the
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  a weighted average risk free rate of
6.5%,  volatility  of  219.4%  and  expected  life  of  1  to  5  years.

In  connection  with  a financing transaction, the Company issued warrants to an
outside  consultant to purchase 120,000 shares of the Company's common stock for
a  purchase  price  of $2.00 per share. The warrants expire on November 7, 2000.

7.     INCOME  TAXES

Income  taxes are provided pursuant to SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes.
The  statement requires the use of an asset and liability approach for financial
reporting  for  income taxes. If it is more likely than not that some portion or
all  of  a  deferred  tax  asset  will not be realized, a valuation allowance is
recognized.  Accordingly,  as  the realization and use of the net operating loss
carryforward is not probable at January 31, 1999 or 2000, the tax benefit of the
loss  carryforward  has been offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount.

The  composition  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  as  follows:

                                  January  31,
                                 ----------------------------------
                                  2000               1999
                                 -------------     ----------------
Total  deferred  tax  assets       $2,424,637           $902,000
Total  valuation  allowance        (2,434,637)          (902,000)

Total  deferred  tax  assets       $      -             $     -

The  tax  effects  of  temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to
deferred  assets  are  as  follows:

                                  January  31,
                                 ----------------------------------
                                  2000               1999
                                 -------------     ----------------
Deferred  tax  assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards  $  9,149,575        $  3,452,000
Stock  option  conversion              164,217                 -

As  of January 31, 2000, the Company had approximately $9,149,575 of federal and
state  loss  carryforwards  available  to  reduce  future  federal and state tax
liability  through the year 2020 for federal loss carryforwards and 2005 for the
state  loss  carryforwards.


                                      -38-
<PAGE>
                                  VSOURCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                January 31, 2000


8.     FAIR  VALUE  OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS

The  Company  has  used  market  information for similar instruments and applied
judgment  to  estimate fair values of financial instruments. At January 31, 1999
and  2000,  the  fair values of cash, accounts receivable, employee receivables,
notes  payable  and accounts payable approximated carrying values because of the
short-term  nature  of  these  instruments.

9.     COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES

LEASES
The  Company  leases its main office facilities under a noncancellable operating
lease  agreement  expiring  March 31, 2002. The future minimum rent expense that
will  be  incurred  under  operating  leases  are  as  follows:


        2001          $184,000
        2002           206,000
        2003            97,000
                      --------
                      $487,000
                      ========

Rent  expense  for  the  years  ended  January 31, 1999 and 2000 was $35,063 and
$114,221,  respectively.

10.     SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS

In  February  2000,  the company completed a private placement of non-cumulative
convertible  preferred  stock  in  the  amount  of  $7,005,000.  The convertible
preferred  stock accrues dividends at a rate of $0.20 per share per annum and is
convertible  into  shares  of  common  stock  at any time at the election of the
holder.  The  preferred  stock is automatically convertible upon an underwritten
public  offering  of  shares  of the Company with aggregate proceeds of at least
$10,000,000, or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding Series1-A preferred
stock.  The  amount  as  of  January  31,  2000  in  the  in-progress  offering,
$6,002,500,  was  included  in  current  liabilities in the accompanying balance
sheet until the closing of the offering in February 2000 when stock certificates
were  issued  to  subscribers.

In  February  2000,  the  Company  entered  into a strategic relationship with a
vendor  in  which  the two companies agreed to make the Company's Virtual Source
Network  available  to  the vendor's business customers. In connection with this
agreement,  the Company issued warrants to the vendor to purchase 600,000 shares
of  the  Company's common stock at a base exercise price of $5.00 per share. The
exercise  price  is subject to various adjustments, as defined in the agreement.
The  warrants  may  be  exercised  in  whole  or  in part through February 2007.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>
Item  8.     CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE.

     Effective  February  8,  2000,  Vsource,  Inc.,  a  Nevada  corporation
("Registrant"  or  the  "Company"),  agreed  to retain Grant Thornton LLP as the
principal  accountant to audit the Company's financial statements.  Concurrently
with  the  agreement  to  engage  Grant  Thornton  LLP,  the  Company's  former
accountants,  Lucas,  Horsfall,  Murphy & Pindroh, LLP resigned as the Company's
independent accountants.  The Company's Board of Directors approved the decision
to  change  accountants.

     Lucas, Horsfall, Murphy & Pindroh, LLP's report, dated May 15, 1999 (except
for  Note  10  to the financial statements which is as of September 3, 1999), on
the  consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended January 31,
1999 and 1998 contained an additional paragraph adding emphasis to the matter of
the  Company's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.

     During  the  Company's  two  most  recent  fiscal  years and any subsequent
interim  period,  there  were  no  disagreements  between the Company and Lucas,
Horsfall,  Murphy  &  Pindroh,  LLP  on  any  matter of accounting principles or
practices,  financial  statement  disclosure,  or  auditing scope or procedures,
which  disagreements,  if  not  resolved to the satisfaction of Lucas, Horsfall,
Murphy  &  Pindroh, LLP, would have caused it to make a reference to the subject
matter  of  the  disagreements  in  connection  with  its  reports.

                                    PART  III

Item  9.     DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS;
COMPLIANCE  WITH  SECTION  16(a)  OF  THE  EXCHANGE  ACT

     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to
be  filed  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.

Item  10.     EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION

     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to
be  filed  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.

Item  11.     SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to
be  filed  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.

Item  12.     CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS

     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement to
be  filed  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year.

Item  13.     EXHIBITS  AND  REPORTS  ON  FORM  8-K

EXHIBITS

     The  Company  will  furnish a copy of any exhibit listed below upon written
request  of  any shareholder receiving these materials.  The Company will charge
the  requesting  shareholder  a fee covering the reasonable expenses incurred by
the  Company  in  furnishing  any  such  exhibit.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>
Exhibit No.    Description
- ----------     -----------

3.1(*)         Articles  of  Incorporation.  Incorporated  herein  by reference
               from  Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
               10-SB filed on September 21,  1999  (SEC  File  No.  000-26563).

3.2            Certificate of Designation of  Series  1-A Convertible Preferred
               Stock.

3.3(*)         Bylaws  of  Vsource, Inc.  Incorporated herein by reference from
               Exhibit  2.2  to  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form
               10-SB filed on September 21, 1999 (SEC File No. No.  000-26563).

3.4            Certificate  of Amendment to Bylaws of Vsource, Inc. dated April
               26, 2000.

3.5            Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of Vsource, Inc. dated May 2,
               2000.

4.1(*)         Form of  Stock Certificate for Vsource, Inc.  Incorporated herein
               by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  Registrant's  Registration
               Statement on Form 10-SB filed on September  21,  1999  (SEC  File
               No.  000-26563).

4.2(*)         Form of Series  3  Convertible  Demand  Note  for  Vsource,  Inc.
               Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form  10-SB filed on September 21, 1999
               (SEC File No. 000-26563).

4.3(*)         Form of Series  2  Convertible  Demand  Note  for  Vsource,  Inc.
               Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form  10-SB filed on September 21, 1999
               (SEC File No. 000-26563).

10.1           Distribution  and  Marketing Agreement  between Vsource, Inc. and
               U.S. West  Interprise  America, Inc.  dated  February  15,  2000.

10.2           Ventura  Professional  Center  First  Amendment to  Lease between
               Virtual  Source,  Inc.  and  Security  National  Properties, LLC,
               dated October 27, 1998.

10.3           Lease - Razore  Land  Company,  Landlord  and Interactive  Buyers
               Network  International,  Tenant,  dated  October  11,  1999.

21.1           Subsidiaries.

23.1           Consent  of  Independent  Auditors

27.1**         Financial  Data  Schedule.

*   Previously  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.
**  Filed  electronically  via  EDGAR.


REPORTS  ON  FORM  8-K

          Report  on  Form  8-K  - Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant,
          filed  on  February  14,  2000.


                                      -41-
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized.

                                           Vsource,  Inc.


Date:   May 10, 2000                       /s/  Robert  C.  McShirley
                                           --------------------------
                                           Robert  C.  McShirley,
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant  to  the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf of the
Registrant  and  in  the  capacities  and  dates  indicated.

SIGNATURE                 TITLE                                   DATE
                          Chief  Executive  Officer
                          President
/s/  Robert C. McShirley  Director                                May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Robert  C.  McShirley     (Principal  Executive  Officer)


                          Chief  Financial  Officer
/s/  Sandford T. Waddell  Secretary                               May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Sandford  T.  Waddell     (Principal  Accounting  Officer)



/s/  Samual E. Bradt      Director                                May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Samual  E.  Bradt



/s/  Scott  T.  Behan     Director                                May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Scott  T.  Behan



/s/  Robert  N. Schwartz  Director                                May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Robert  N.  Schwartz



/s/  Ramin  Kamfar        Director                                May  10,  2000
- ------------------------
Ramin  Kamfar


                                      -42-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT  INDEX

The  Exhibit  Index shows the page numbers of all exhibits filed as part of this
10-KSB.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
- -------
<S>      <C>

3.1(*)   Articles of Incorporation incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form 10-SB Filed on September 21, 1999 (SEE File No. 000-26563).
3.2      Certificate of Designation of Series 1-A Convertible Preferred Stock
3.3(*)   Bylaws  of  Vsource, Inc.  Incorporated herein by reference from
         Exhibit  2.2  to  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form
         10-SB filed on September 21, 1999 (SEC File No. No.  000-26563).
3.4      Certificate of Amendment to Bylaws of Vsource, Inc. dated April 26, 2000
3.5      Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of Vsource, Inc. dated May 2, 2000
4.1(*)   Form of  Stock Certificate for Vsource, Inc.  Incorporated herein
         by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  Registrant's  Registration
         Statement on Form 10-SB filed on September  21,  1999  (SEC  File
         No.  000-26563).
4.2(*)   Form of Series  3  Convertible  Demand  Note  for  Vsource,  Inc.
         Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form  10-SB filed on September 21, 1999
         (SEC File No. 000-26563).
4.3(*)   Form of Series  2  Convertible  Demand  Note  for  Vsource,  Inc.
         Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.3 to Registrant's
         Registration Statement on Form  10-SB filed on September 21, 1999
         (SEC File No. 000-26563).
10.1     Distribution and Marketing Agreement between Vsource, Inc. and U.S. West
         Interprise America, Inc. dated February 15, 2000
10.2     Ventura Professional Center First Amendment to Lease between Virtual Source, Inc. and Security
         National Properties, LLC, dated October 27, 1998
10.3     Lease - Razore Land Company, Landlord and Interactive Buyers Network International,
         Tenant, dated October 11, 1999
21.1     Subsidiaries.
23.1     Consent of Independent Auditors
27.1**   Financial Date Schedule

*        Previously filed with Securities and Exchange Commission.
**       Filed electronically via EDGAR
</TABLE>


                                      -43-
<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit  3.2
                                  VSOURCE, INC.

                           Certificate of Designation

           Robert C. McShirley and Ronald J. Sanderson, certify that:



A.   They  are  the duly elected  and  acting President and Assistant Secretary,
     respectively,  of  Vsource,  Inc., a  Nevada  corporation  (the "Company");

B.   The  following  resolution,  which  sets  forth  the  rights,  preferences,
     privileges and restrictions of the Series 1-A  Convertible  Preferred Stock
     of the Company  determined  by the Board  of  Directors of  the  Company in
     accordance with the  authorization  contained  in  the  Company's  Articles
     of Incorporation, as amended,  was duly adopted by the Board  by  unanimous
     written consent dated as of February  17,  2000:

          AUTHORIZATION  OF  SERIES  1-A  CONVERTIBLE  PREFERRED  STOCK

          Resolved that the Board of Directors hereby  determines that 2,900,000
     shares  of  Class  A  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  designated  "Series  1-A
     Convertible Preferred Stock" and that such Series 1-A Convertible Preferred
     Stock  shall have the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions
     hereinafter set forth:

          DESIGNATION  OF  SERIES  1-A  CONVERTIBLE  PREFERRED  STOCK

          1.     Designation.
                 -----------

          This series of Class A Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series 1-A
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock,"  par value  $0.01 per  share  ("Series  1-A
     Preferred").

          2.     Authorized  Number.
                 ------------------

          The number of authorized  shares of Series 1-A Preferred  shall be two
     million nine hundred thousand (2,900,000) shares.


                                      -1-
<PAGE>
          3.     Dividends.
                 ---------

          The holders of shares of Series 1-A Preferred  Stock shall be entitled
     to receive, out of any assets legally available therefor,  and when, as and
     if declared by the Board of Directors, noncumulative dividends in an amount
     equal to $0.20 cents per share  annually.  No dividend  may be declared and
     paid upon  shares of Common  Stock in any  fiscal  year of the  Corporation
     unless  dividends  of $0.20 per share has first been paid upon or  declared
     and set  aside for  payment  to the  holders  of the  shares of Series  1-A
     Preferred Stock for such fiscal year of the  Corporation.  No undeclared or
     unpaid dividend shall ever bear interest.

            4.     Liquidation  Preference.
                   -----------------------

               a. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
          the Corporation,  either voluntary or involuntary,  the holders of the
          Series 1-A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive,  prior and in
          preference to any  distribution  of any of the assets or surplus funds
          of the  Corporation  to the  holders of the Common  Stock by reason of
          their ownership  thereof,  a preference amount per share consisting of
          the  sum of (A)  $2.50  for  each  outstanding  share  of  Series  1-A
          Preferred  Stock (the "Original  Issue Price") and (B) an amount equal
          to declared but unpaid  dividends  on such share,  if any. If upon the
          occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed  among
          the holders of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to
          permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid  preferential
          amounts,  then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation  legally
          available for distribution  shall be distributed among such holders in
          proportion  to the  full  preferential  amount  each  such  holder  is
          otherwise entitled to receive.

               b. After payment to the holders of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock
          of  the  amount  set  forth  in the  preceding  Subparagraph  2a,  the
          remaining  assets and funds of the Corporation  legally  available for
          distribution,  if any, shall be  distributed  among the holders of the
          Common Stock and the Series 1-A Preferred  Stock pro rata based on the
          number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming  conversion of
          all such Series 1-A Preferred Stock pursuant to Paragraph 5 below).


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
               c. For purposes of this Paragraph 2, a  liquidation,  dissolution
          or winding up of the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be occasioned by
          or to include (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity
          by  means  of  any  transaction  or  series  of  related  transactions
          (including,   without  limitation,   any  reorganization,   merger  or
          consolidation but,  excluding any merger effected  exclusively for the
          purpose of changing the domicile of the  Corporation),  or (ii) a sale
          of all or substantially  all of the assets of the Corporation;  unless
          the  Corporation's  shareholders of record as constituted  immediately
          prior  to  such  acquisition  or sale  will,  immediately  after  such
          acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities  issued as  consideration
          for  the  Corporation's  acquisition  or  sale  or  otherwise)  hold a
          majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring  entity. In
          any of such events, if the  consideration  received by the Corporation
          received is other than cash,  its value will be deemed its fair market
          value.  The fair market value of common stock which is publicly traded
          on an  exchange  or the  NASDAQ  National  Market  System or Small Cap
          Market shall be the average of the daily  market  prices of that stock
          over the 20 consecutive  trading days  immediately  preceding (and not
          including) the date the Corporation or its  shareholders  receive such
          stock.  The daily  market price for each trading day shall be: (A) the
          closing  price on that day on the  principal  exchange  on which  such
          common  stock is then listed or  admitted to trading or on NASDAQ,  as
          applicable; or (B) if no sale takes place on that day on such exchange
          or NASDAQ,  the average of the  official  closing bid and asked prices
          for that stock. Otherwise, the fair market value of such consideration
          shall be  determined  in good  faith by the  Board  of  Directors  and
          provided  in writing by the  Corporation  to the holders of the Series
          1-A  Preferred  Stock  within  five  (5)  days  of the  date  of  such
          determination;  provided,  however, that the fair market value of such
          consideration  shall be determined by appraisal in accordance with the
          following  provisions  if the holders of at least  two-thirds  of then
          outstanding  Series 1-A Preferred Stock object in writing to the Board
          of Director's  determination within 15 days of their receipt of notice
          of such  determination  by the Board of Directors.  A single appraiser
          shall selected  jointly by the holders of a majority of the Series 1-A
          Preferred Stock and the Corporation.  If the holders of the Series 1-A
          Preferred  Stock  and  the  Corporation  are  unable  to  agree  on an
          appraiser within twenty (20) days of the Board of Directors  receiving
          notice  of  such  holders'   objection  to  the  Board  of  Directors'
          determination,  each shall immediately  appoint an appraiser who shall
          determine  such fair market value.  If the lower of the appraised fair
          market  values is not less than  ninety  percent  (90%) of the  higher
          appraised  fair  market  value,  the final fair  market  value of such
          consideration  shall be the average of the  appraised  values.  If the
          lower of the appraised values is less than ninety percent (90%) of the
          higher appraised values, the original appraisers shall appoint a final
          appraiser who shall pick one of the two prior values determined by the
          first two  appraisers.  All  appraisal  reports  shall be completed no
          later  than sixty (60) days  after the  appointment  of the  appraiser
          engaged to render such  appraisal.  All appraisal fees and costs shall
          be paid  by the  Corporation;  provided,  however,  that if the  final
          appraised  value is no more than ten  percent  (10%)  higher than that
          determined  by the  Board,  the  appraisal  fees  and  costs  shall be
          subtracted from the  liquidation  preference to be paid to the holders
          of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
          5.     Redemption.
                 ----------

               a. Redemption at the Option of the  Corporation.  The Corporation
          shall  -------------------------------------------- not have the right
          to call or redeem any shares of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock.

               b.  Redemption  at the Option of the Holders.  The holders of the
          Series  ----------------------------------------  1-A Preferred  Stock
          shall not have any right to require the  Corporation  to redeem all or
          any part of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock held by them.

          6.  Voting  Rights.  The holder of each share of Series 1-A  Preferred
              --------------
     Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common  Stock into
     which such Series 1-A  Preferred  Stock could then be  converted  (with any
     fractional share determined on an aggregate  conversion basis being rounded
     down to the  nearest  whole  share),  and with  respect to such vote,  such
     holder shall have full voting  rights and powers equal to the voting rights
     and  powers  of the  holders  of  Common  Stock,  and  shall  be  entitled,
     notwithstanding  any  provision  hereof,  to  notice  of any  shareholders'
     meeting  in  accordance  with the  by-laws  of the  Company,  and  shall be
     entitled to vote,  together with holders of Common  Stock,  with respect to
     any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote.

          7.     Conversion.
                 ----------

          The holders of the Series 1-A  Preferred  Stock shall have  conversion
     rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

               a. Right to  Convert.  Each share of Series 1-A  Preferred  Stock
                  ----------------
          shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time
          after  the  date of  issuance  of such  share,  at the  office  of the
          Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock,  into such number of
          fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock as is determined
          by dividing the Original Issue Price by the then applicable Conversion
          Price,  determined as hereinafter  provided, in effect on the date the
          certificate  evidencing such share is surrendered for conversion.  The
          initial Conversion Price per share for Series 1-A Preferred Stock (the
          "Conversion  Price") shall be the Original  Issue Price.  Such initial
          Conversion Price shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
               b. Automatic Conversion. Each share of Series 1-A Preferred Stock
                  ---------------------
          shall  automatically  be converted  into shares of Common Stock at the
          then effective  Conversion Price as provided in Subparagraph 5a above,
          immediately upon the closing of a public offering of the Corporation's
          Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $10,000,000 and
          a per share price to the public of at least five dollars  ($5.00),  or
          at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
          of Series 1-A Preferred Stock.

               c.  Mechanics  of  Conversion.  Before  any  holder of Series 1-A
                   ------------------------
          Preferred  Stock  shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of
          Common  Stock,   such  holder  shall   surrender  the  certificate  or
          certificates  thereof, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation
          or of any transfer agent for such stock, and shall give written notice
          to the  Corporation  at such office that it elects to convert the same
          and shall state  therein the number of shares to be converted  and the
          name or names in which it wishes the certificate or  certificates  for
          shares of Common Stock to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as
          practicable  thereafter,  issue  and  deliver  at such  office to such
          holder a  certificate  or  certificates  for the  number  of shares of
          Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled.  Such  conversion
          shall be deemed to have  been made  immediately  prior to the close of
          business  on the  date  of  surrender  of the  shares  of  Series  1-A
          Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to
          receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall
          be treated for all  purposes  as the record  holder or holders of such
          shares of Common Stock on such date.

               d. Conversion  Price  Adjustments.  The Conversion Price shall be
                  ------------------------------
          subject to the following adjustments:

                    (1)  Adjustment  for Stock Splits and  Combinations.  If the
                         ----------------------------------------------
               Corporation  at any time or from  time to time  after  the  first
               issuance  of Series 1-A  Preferred  Stock (the  "Purchase  Date")
               effects a subdivision of the  outstanding  Common Stock, by stock
               split  or  otherwise,   the  Conversion   Price  then  in  effect
               immediately  before  that  subdivision  shall be  proportionately
               decreased;  and,  conversely,  if the  Corporation at any time or
               from  time  to  time  after  the  Purchase   Date   combines  the
               outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  by reverse  stock split or
               otherwise, the Conversion Price then in effect immediately before
               that  combination  shall  be   proportionately   increased.   Any
               adjustment  under this Section d(1) shall become effective at the
               close of  business  on the date the  subdivision  or  combination
               becomes effective.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                    (2) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and  Distributions.  In
                        ----------------------------------------------------
               the event the  Corporation at any time or from time to time after
               the Purchase  Date either  makes,  or fixes a record date for the
               determination  of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive,  a
               dividend or other  distribution  payable in additional  shares of
               Common Stock,  then and in each such event the  Conversion  Price
               then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance
               or, in the event such a record date is fixed,  as of the close of
               business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price
               then in effect by a fraction  (1) the  numerator  of which is the
               total  number of shares of Common  Stock  issued and  outstanding
               immediately  prior to the time of such  issuance  on the close of
               business on such record date,  and (2) the  denominator  of which
               shall be (i) the total  number of shares of Common  Stock  issued
               and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or
               the close of business on such record date plus (ii) the number of
               shares of Common  Stock  issuable in payment of such  dividend or
               distribution;  provided,  however,  that if such  record  date is
               fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution
               is not fully  made on the date  fixed  therefor,  the  Conversion
               Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business
               on such record date or date fixed  therefor  and  thereafter  the
               Conversion Price shall be adjusted  pursuant to this Section d(2)
               as  of  the  time  of  actual   payment  of  such   dividend   or
               distribution.  For purposes of the foregoing formula,  "the total
               number of shares of Common  Stock  issued and  outstanding"  on a
               particular  date shall  include  shares of Common Stock  issuable
               upon  conversion of stock or securities  convertible  into Common
               Stock and the  exercise  of  warrants,  options or rights for the
               purchase of Common Stock which are outstanding on such date.

                    (3) Adjustments for Other  Dividends and  Distributions.  In
                        ----------------------------------------------------
               the event the  Corporation at any time or from time to time after
               the  Purchase  Date  makes,  or  fixes  a  record  date  for  the
               determination  of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive,  a
               dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in  securities  of the
               Corporation  other than shares of Common Stock,  then and in each
               such event, provision shall be made so that each Holder of Series
               1-A Preferred  Stock shall receive upon  conversion  thereof,  in
               addition  to the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  receivable
               thereupon,  the amount of securities of the Corporation  which it
               would  have  received  had the  Holder's  shares  of  Series  1-A
               Preferred  Stock been  converted into Common Stock as of the date
               of such event and had it  thereafter,  during the period from the
               date  of such  event  to and  including  the  date  of  exercise,
               retained such  securities  receivable  by it as aforesaid  during
               such period,  subject to all other adjustments  called for during
               such period  under this  Section 5 with  respect to the rights of
               such Holder.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>
                    (4) Adjustment for  Recapitalization,  Reclassification,  or
                        --------------------------------------------------------
               Exchange. If the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the
               --------
               Series  1-A  Preferred  Stock  is  changed  into  the  same  or a
               different  number of shares of any class or  classes  of stock of
               the Corporation, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or
               other  exchange  (other  than a  subdivision  or  combination  of
               shares,  or  a  stock  dividend  or  a  reorganization,   merger,
               consolidation  or sale of assets,  provided for elsewhere in this
               Section  d), then and in any such event each Holder of Series 1-A
               Preferred  Stock shall have the right  thereafter  to convert the
               Series 1-A Preferred  Stock into the kind and amount of stock and
               other    securities   and   property    receivable    upon   such
               recapitalization,  reclassification  or other exchange by holders
               of the number of shares of Common  Stock into which the number of
               shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock then by such Holder could be
               converted    immediately   prior   to   such    recapitalization,
               reclassification  or  other  exchange,  all  subject  to  further
               adjustment as provided herein.

                    (5)  Reorganizations,  Mergers,  Consolidations  or Sales of
                         -------------------------------------------------------
               Assets.  If at any time or from  time to time  there is a capital
               ------
               reorganization  of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision  or
               combination of shares or a stock dividend or a  recapitalization,
               reclassification  or  other  exchange  of  shares,  provided  for
               elsewhere in this Section d) or a merger or  consolidation of the
               Corporation with or into another corporation,  or the sale of all
               or  substantially  all of the  Corporation's  assets to any other
               person, then, as a part of such capital  reorganization,  merger,
               consolidation  or  sale,  provision  shall  be made so that  each
               Holder of the Series 1-A  Preferred  Stock  shall  thereafter  be
               entitled to receive upon  conversion  of the Series 1-A Preferred
               Stock  the  number  of  shares  of stock or other  securities  or
               property  of the  Corporation,  or of the  successor  corporation
               resulting from such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation
               or sale,  to which a holder  of the  number  of  shares of Common
               Stock  deliverable upon such exercise would have been entitled on
               such capital  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or sale. In
               any  such  case,  appropriate  adjustment  shall  be  made in the
               application  of the  provisions of this Section d with respect to
               the rights of each Holder of Series 1-A Preferred Stock after the
               capital reorganization,  merger, consolidation or sale to the end
               that the  provisions  of this Section d (including  the number of
               shares  deliverable  upon  conversion of the Series 1-A Preferred
               Stock) shall continue to be applicable after that event and shall
               be as  nearly  equivalent  to  the  provisions  hereof  as may be
               practicable.

                   (6)     Sale  of  Shares  Below  Conversion  Price.
                           ------------------------------------------

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                         (a) If at any  time or from  time  to  time  after  the
                    Purchase Date, the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed
                    by the  express  provisions  of  this  Section  d(6) to have
                    issued  or sold,  Additional  Shares  of  Common  Stock  (as
                    hereinafter  defined),  other  than as a  dividend  or other
                    distribution  on any class of stock as  provided  in Section
                    d(2) and other than upon a  subdivision  or  combination  of
                    shares of Common Stock as provided in Section  d(1),  for an
                    Effective Price (as hereinafter  defined) less than the then
                    existing  Conversion  Price,  then and in each such case the
                    then existing  Conversion Price shall be reduced,  as of the
                    opening of business on the date of such issue or sale,  to a
                    price  determined by multiplying  that Conversion Price by a
                    fraction  the  numerator of which shall be (A) the number of
                    shares of Common Stock  outstanding at the close of business
                    on the day next  preceding  the date of such  issue or sale,
                    plus (B) the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  which the
                    aggregate   consideration   received   (or  by  the  express
                    provisions  hereof is deemed to have been  received)  by the
                    Corporation  for the total  number of  Additional  Shares of
                    Common  Stock so issued  would  purchase at such  Conversion
                    Price,  plus  (C) the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
                    underlying Other Securities (as hereinafter defined) and the
                    denominator  of which  shall be (X) the  number of shares of
                    Common  Stock  outstanding  at the close of  business on the
                    date of such  issue  after  giving  effect to such  issue of
                    Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,  plus (Y) the number of
                    shares of Common Stock  underlying  the Other  Securities at
                    the close of business on the date of such issue or sale.


                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                         (b) For the purpose of making any  adjustment  required
                    under this Section d(6), the  consideration  received by the
                    Corporation for any issue or sale of securities shall (A) to
                    the extent it  consists of cash be computed at the amount of
                    cash  received  by the  Corporation,  (B) to the  extent  it
                    consists  of  property  other than cash,  be computed at the
                    fair value of that  property as  determined in good faith by
                    the Board,  and (C) if  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,
                    Convertible Securities (as hereinafter defined) or rights or
                    options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock
                    or  Convertible  Securities are issued or sold together with
                    other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation
                    for a  consideration  which covers both,  be computed as the
                    portion  of  the  consideration  so  received  that  may  be
                    reasonably  determined  in good  faith  by the  Board  to be
                    allocable  to  such  Additional   Shares  of  Common  Stock,
                    Convertible Securities or rights or options.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>
                         (c) For the purpose of the  adjustment  required  under
                    this  Section  d(6),if the  Corporation  issues or sells any
                    rights or  options  for the  purchase  of, or stock or other
                    securities  convertible  into,  Additional  Shares of Common
                    Stock   (such   convertible   stock  or   securities   being
                    hereinafter referred to as "Convertible  Securities") and if
                    the  Effective  Price of such  Additional  Shares  of Common
                    Stock is less than the Conversion Price then in effect, then
                    in each case the Corporation  shall be deemed to have issued
                    at the time of the  issuance  of such  rights or  options or
                    Convertible  Securities  the  maximum  number of  Additional
                    Shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise or conversion
                    thereof  and to  have  received  as  consideration  for  the
                    issuance of such shares an amount  equal to the total amount
                    of the  consideration,  if any,  received by the Corporation
                    for the  issuance of such  rights or options or  Convertible
                    Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the
                    minimum  amounts of  consideration,  if any,  payable to the
                    Corporation  upon the  exercise  of such  rights or options,
                    plus,  in the case of  Convertible  Securities,  the minimum
                    amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation
                    (other than by  cancellation  of  liabilities or obligations
                    evidenced   by  such   Convertible   Securities)   upon  the
                    conversion  thereof. No further adjustment of the Conversion
                    Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or
                    Convertible  Securities,  shall be made as a  result  of the
                    actual issuance of Additional  Shares of Common Stock on the
                    exercise of any such rights or options or the  conversion of
                    any  such  Convertible  Securities.  If any such  rights  or
                    options or the conversion privilege  represented by any such
                    Convertible  Securities  shall  expire  without  having been
                    exercised,  the Conversion  Price adjusted upon the issuance
                    of such rights,  options or Convertible  Securities shall be
                    readjusted to the Conversion  Price which would have been in
                    effect  had an  adjustment  been made on the basis  that the
                    only  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock so issued were the
                    Additional  Shares of Common Stock, if any,  actually issued
                    or sold on the  exercise of such rights or options or rights
                    of  conversion  of such  Convertible  Securities,  and  such
                    Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,  if any, were issued or
                    sold  for  the   consideration   actually  received  by  the
                    Corporation upon such exercise,  plus the consideration,  if
                    any,  actually  received by the Corporation for the granting
                    of all such  rights or  options,  whether or not  exercised,
                    plus the  consideration  received for issuing or selling the
                    Convertible   Securities   actually   converted,   plus  the
                    consideration,  if any, actually received by the Corporation
                    (other than by  cancellation  of  liabilities or obligations
                    evidenced by such Convertible  Securities) on the conversion
                    of such Convertible Securities.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>
                         (d) "Additional  Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all
                    shares of Common Stock issued by the  Corporation  after the
                    Purchase  Date,  whether or not  subsequently  reacquired or
                    retired by the Corporation, other than: (A) shares of Common
                    Stock  issued upon  conversion  of the Series 1-A  Preferred
                    Stock  or any  other  options  or  warrants  or  convertible
                    securities outstanding or issuable on the Purchase Date; (B)
                    shares of Common Stock  issuable or issued to the directors,
                    officers and employees of or consultants to the Corporation;
                    (C) shares of Common Stock  issuable or issued as part of an
                    acquisition  by the  Corporation of all of or certain assets
                    (including  technology  rights) or shares of another company
                    or entity  whether  through a  purchase,  merger,  exchange,
                    reorganization  or the like;  (D)  shares  of  Common  Stock
                    issuable  or  issued  pursuant  to  equipment  financing  or
                    leasing  arrangements;  or (E)  shares  issued  in a  public
                    offering of the  Corporation's  securities.  The  "Effective
                    Price" of  Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall mean the
                    quotient   determined   by  dividing  the  total  number  of
                    Additional  Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed
                    to have been  issued or sold by the  Corporation  under this
                    Section d(6), into the aggregate  consideration received, or
                    deemed to have been  received  by the  Corporation  for such
                    issue under this Section d(6), for such Additional Shares of
                    Common Stock. "Other Securities" with respect to an issue or
                    sale of  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  shall mean (i)
                    preferred  stock,  debentures  and  notes  convertible  into
                    Common  Stock,  and (ii)  options or  warrants  to  purchase
                    Common  Stock at a price that is no greater  than 95% of the
                    Effective  Price of such issue or sale of Additional  Shares
                    of Common  Stock.  The  "number  of  shares of Common  Stock
                    underlying Other Securities" on a particular date shall mean
                    the  number  of shares of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
                    exercise  or  conversion,  as the case may be, of such Other
                    Securities at the close of business on such date but only to
                    the extent that the holders  thereof  have the fully  vested
                    legal right to exercise or convert such Other  Securities on
                    such date and to retain the Common  Stock  issued  upon such
                    exercise or conversion.

               (7) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the
          Conversion  Price,  the  Corporation  at its  expense  shall  promptly
          compute such  adjustment or  readjustment in accordance with the terms
          hereof, and shall prepare and furnish to the holders of the Series 1-A
          Preferred  Stock  a  certificate  setting  forth  such  adjustment  or
          readjustment   and  showing  in  detail  the  facts  upon  which  such
          adjustment or readjustment is based.

          e.  Notices  of  Record  Date.  In  the  event  of any  taking  by the
              -------------------------
     Corporation  of a record of the holders of any class of securities  for the
     purpose of determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any
     dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other  distribution,  any security
     or right convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive or any
     right to subscribe for,  purchase or otherwise  acquire any shares of stock
     of any class or any other  securities or property,  or to receive any other
     right,  the  Corporation  shall mail to each holder of Series 1-A Preferred
     Stock at least  twenty  (20) days prior to the date  specified  therein,  a
     notice  specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the
     purpose of such dividend,  distribution,  security or right, and the amount
     and character of such dividend, distribution, security or right.

          f.  Reservation of Stock  Issuable Upon  Conversion.  The  Corporation
              -----------------------------------------------
     shall at all times  reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  but
     unissued  shares of Common  Stock,  solely for the purpose of effecting the
     conversion of the shares of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock,  such number of
     its  shares of Common  Stock as shall  from time to time be  sufficient  to
     effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series 1-A Preferred
     Stock and if at any time the number of  authorized  but unissued  shares of
     Common Stock shall not be sufficient  to effect the  conversion of all then
     outstanding  shares of the Series 1-A Preferred Stock, the Corporation will
     take such  corporate  action as may,  in the  opinion  of its  counsel,  be
     necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to
     such number of shares as shall be sufficient  for such purpose,  including,
     without  limitation,  engaging  in best  efforts  to obtain  the  requisite
     stockholder  approval  of any  necessary  amendment  to  this  Articles  of
     Incorporation.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>
          g.  Fractional  Shares.  No fractional  share shall be issued upon the
              ------------------
     conversion of any share or shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock. All shares
     of Common Stock (including  fractions  thereof) issuable upon conversion of
     more than one share of Series 1-A Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall
     be aggregated  for purposes of  determining  whether the  conversion  would
     result  in  the   issuance  of  any   fractional   share.   If,  after  the
     aforemen-tioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of
     a fraction of a share of Common Stock,  the  Corporation  shall, in lieu of
     issuing any fractional  share,  pay the holder  otherwise  entitled to such
     fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market  value of such  fraction on
     the date of conversion (determined as provided in Subparagraph 5c).

          h. Notices.  Any notice required by the provisions of this Paragraph 5
             -------
     to be given to the holders of shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock shall be
     deemed  given if  deposited in the United  States  mail,  postage  prepaid,
     return  receipt  requested,  and  addressed to each holder of record at his
     address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

     8.     Amendment.
            ---------

     Any  term relating to the Series 1-A Preferred Stock may be amended and the
observance  of any term relating to the Series 1-A Preferred Stock may be waived
(either  generally  or  in  a particular instance) only with the vote or written
consent  of  holders  of  a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series 1-A
Preferred  Stock.  Any  amendment  so  effected  shall  be  binding  upon  the
Corporation  and  any  holder  of  the  Series  1-A  Preferred  Stock.

     9.     Restrictions  and  Limitations.
            ------------------------------

     So long as any shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the
Corporation  shall  not, without the vote or written consent by the holders of a
majority  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Series  1-A  Preferred Stock, voting
together  as  a  single  class:

          a. Increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of
     authorized shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock; or

          b. Amend the Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation to change
     the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  or  limitations  of the  Series 1-A
     Preferred Stock.

     10.     No  Reissuance  of  Series  1-A  Preferred  Stock.
             -------------------------------------------------

     No  share  or  shares  of  Series  1-A  Preferred  Stock  acquired  by  the
Corporation  by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be
reissued,  and  all  such shares shall be returned to the status of undesignated
shares  of  Preferred  Stock.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>
     11.     Residual  Rights.
             ----------------

     Holders  of  shares  of  Series  1-A  Preferred  Stock  shall  not have any
pre-emptive  rights.  All  rights  accruing  to  the  outstanding  shares of the
Company not expressly provided for to the contrary herein shall be vested in the
Common  Stock.

C.     That the number of shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock is 2,900,000; and

D.     That  none  of such shares of Series 1-A Preferred Stock has been issued.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF Vsource, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed
by  Robert  C.  McShirley, its President and Ronald J. Sanderson, its Assisitant
Secretary,  on  the  date  set  forth  below.

Dated:   2/17,  2000
        -------------

                                            /s/  Robert  C.  McShirley
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Robert  C.  McShirley,
                                            President

                                            /s/  Ronald  J.  Sanderson
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Ronald  J.  Sanderson,
                                            Assistant  Secretary



STATE  OF      California         )
          ----------------------  )
                                  )  ss:
COUNTY  OF        Ventura         )
          ----------------------  )


     On   February  17,  2000  personally  appeared  before me, a Notary Public,
        ---------------------
     Robert  C.  McShirley       and     Ronald  J.  Sanderson ,  who
    -----------------------           -------------------------
acknowledged  that  they  executed  the  above  instrument.



                                                      /s/  Carlene  R.  Ackley
                                                  ------------------------------
(SEAL)                                                     Notary  Public



                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit  3.4

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                  TO BYLAWS OF

                                 VSOURCE,  INC.

     The  undersigned,  being  the  Secretary  of  Vsource,  Inc.,  a  Nevada
corporation,  hereby  certifies that Section 6, Article II of the bylaws of this
corporation  was amended, effective April 18, 2000, by the board of directors to
provide  in  its  entirety  as  follows:

          "Section  6. The  holders  of a majority  of the the stock  issued and
          outstanding  and  entitled  to vote  thereat,  present  in  person  or
          represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
          stockholders  for the  transaction  of  business  except as  otherwise
          provided  by statute or by the  articles of  incorporation;  provided,
          however, that in no case shall such quorum be less than 33 1\3 percent
          of the  outstanding  shares of the common voting stock.  If,  however,
          such quorum shall not be present or  represented at any meeting of the
          stockholders,  the stockholders  entitled to vote thereat,  present in
          person or  represented  by proxy,  shall  have  power to  adjourn  the
          meeting from time to time,  without notice other than  announcement at
          the meeting,  until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such
          adjourned  meeting at which a quorum  shall be present or  represented
          any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the
          meeting as originally notified."

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  set  forth  his  hand.

Date: 4/26/00                                 /s/  Sandford  Waddell
                                            -----------------------------
                                            Sandford  Waddell,  Secretary


                                        -1-
<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1
                      DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING AGREEMENT

US  WEST  Interprise  America, Inc., a Colorado Corporation ("USW") with offices
located  at  1801  California  Street #3400, Denver, Co  80202 and Vsource, Inc.
("Vsource") with offices located at 5740 Ralston, Suite 110, Ventura, CA  93003,
("Party" or "Parties"), hereby execute this Distribution and Marketing Agreement
("Agreement")  and  agree  as  follows:

     1.     SCOPE:  Vsource  will  provide  the  services  and  any  resulting
deliverables (the "Services") according to the specifications ("Specifications")
which are described herein or attached hereto.  USW's Affiliates and Assigns may
acquire  Services  under  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement.

     2.     DEFINITIONS:  The  terms  defined  in  this Agreement shall have the
meanings  set  forth  below  whenever  they  appear in the Agreement, unless the
context  in  which  they  are  used  clearly  requires  a different meaning or a
different  definition  is  described  for  a  particular  provision:

          2.1  "AFFILIATES"  means any  entity,  which  directly  or  indirectly
     controls,  or is  controlled  by, or is under  common  control  with,  USW.
     "Control" means (i) for corporate entities, direct or indirect ownership of
     fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or shares entitled to vote for the
     election of the board of directors or other  governing  body of the entity;
     and (ii) for non-corporate entities,  direct or indirect ownership of fifty
     percent (50%) or greater of the equity interest.

          2.2 "CUSTOMER(S)" means USW's Customers, either potential or existing.

          2.3 "SUPPORT  MATERIALS"  means all,  applications,  methods and other
     documents (in any medium) customized by or for USW that Vsource's personnel
     use in  conjunction  with the  performance of Services under the Agreement.
     Vsource shall not use Support Materials in conjunction with the performance
     of Services  hereunder unless USW first approves such Support  Materials in
     writing.

          2.4  "DECISION  MAKER(S)"  means those  persons that are eighteen (18)
     years of age or older and authorized to purchase  products  and/or Services
     for Customers.

          2.5  "SALES  ORDER(S)"  means  the  information  describing  all  Work
     Products and/or Services that Customers have purchased  during each contact
     with Vsource.

          2.6  "SERVICE  SCHEDULE" an  attachment  to the  Agreement  specifying
     details of projects to be performed under the terms of the Agreement.

     3.     [Redacted.]

     4.     WARRANTY:  Services  shall  be  performed  in a professional manner,
consistent  with industry standards and the requirements of this Agreement.  USW
may  inspect  Services  at  any  time  with  reasonable  notice  to  Vsource.

     5.  CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION  AND PROPERTY:  Confidential  Information and
Property ("Confidential Information") shall mean any and all business, technical
or  third-Party  information  (including  but not  limited to  marketing  plans,
financial data,  specifications,  drawings sketches,  models, samples,  computer
programs,  logos,  or  documentation)  marked as confidential or proprietary and
provided,  disclosed or made available under this  Agreement.  The Parties shall
restrict access to the Confidential  Information to employees or agents who have
a "need to know".  The  Parties',  employees  or agents,  shall not disclose the
Confidential  Information  to any third Party and shall  treat the  Confidential
Information in the same way it treats its own  Confidential  Information of like
kind.  This  provision  will not  apply to  information  which is in the  public
domain,  is  previously  known to the  receiving  Party  without  obligation  of
confidentiality,  is  independently  developed  by  the  receiving  Party  or is
obtained  by the  receiving  Party  from a third  party  that  does  not have an
obligation to keep the information  confidential.  The Parties will not make any
copies of the  Confidential  Information,  except to facilitate  the purpose for
which  the  information  is  provided.


                                                                    Page 1 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>
     6.  OWNERSHIP;   INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY:   Intellectual  Property  includes
inventions,  discoveries,  improvements,  concepts,  methods,  processes, ideas,
information,  software,  and other  intellectual  property  which is originated,
developed or prepared in connection with Service(s) under this Agreement. Unless
otherwise   expressly  provided  in  applicable  Service  Schedule(s)  or  other
attachments, "Intellectual Property" which is originated, developed or prepared:
(1) by employees, agents or independent contractors of one Party shall belong to
that Party; and/or (2) jointly by employees of both Parties shall belong jointly
to both, and each Party hereby grants the other an unrestricted,  non-exclusive,
royalty-free,   perpetual,  irrevocable  license  to  copy,  use,  disclose  and
sublicense such jointly developed  Intellectual  Property in connection with its
business.  At the request and expense of USW,  Vsource  will assist USW and sign
all  appropriate  documents,  during  and after the term of this  Agreement,  to
enable USW to obtain intellectual property protection for Intellectual Property.
USW will, at the request and expense of Vsource,  provide the same assistance to
Vsource with respect to  Intellectual  Property.  The  assisting  Party will not
charge any fees or other charges of any kind in connection with such activities.

     7.  PRIVACY:  Vsource  shall treat all Customer  information  gathered as a
result of this Agreement as  Confidential  Information,  in accordance  with the
provisions  of  Section  5  (confidential  Information  and  Property)  of  this
Agreement.

     8. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: Each of the Parties certifies that it is engaged
in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement
as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of the other; that
it has no authority  to act for or bind the other;  that such Party may and does
work for other  customers;  that any  persons  provided  by such Party  shall be
solely  the  employees  or agents  of that  Party  under its sole and  exclusive
direction and control.  Each Party hereto is solely responsible for the hours of
work, methods of performance and payment of its employees and agents. Each Party
hereto is solely responsible for providing worker's compensation,  unemployment,
disability  insurance  and social  security  withholding  for its  employees and
agents,  and shall  comply with all other  federal,  state and local,  rules and
regulations.  Each Party is responsible for and shall pay all assessable federal
and state income tax on amounts paid to it under this Agreement.

     9. INDEMNIFICATION: Vsource warrants and represents that the Services shall
not infringe any third party patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other
proprietary rights. Vsource shall indemnify,  hold harmless and defend, USW, its
officers,  directors,  Affiliates, agents and employees from any and all claims,
demands,  litigation,  expenses and liabilities  (including costs and attorneys'
fees)  ("Liabilities")  arising  from or  incident  to breach of this  warranty.
Vsource  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  USW,  its  parents,  Affiliates,
subsidiaries,  owners,  agents,  directors  and  employees  from and against all
Liabilities  arising from personal  injury or property damage caused by Vsource,
its agents and employees  and others under its  direction or control.  USW shall
indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Vsource,   its  owners,   parents,   affiliates,
subsidiaries,  agents,  directors and employees from and against all Liabilities
arising from  personal  injury or property  damage caused by USW, its agents and
employees and others under its direction or control.

     10.  LIMITATION  OF  LIABILITY:  Neither  Party is  liable to the other for
consequential,  incidental,  indirect,  punitive or special  damages,  including
commercial loss and lost profits,  however caused and regardless of legal theory
or foreseeability, directly or indirectly arising under this Agreement.


                                                                    Page 2 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.

<PAGE>
     11. INSURANCE:  Vsource and any subcontractors  shall maintain insurance as
follows:  (a) Commercial  General  Liability  covering claims for bodily injury,
death,  personal injury or property damage with minimum limits of  $1,000,000.00
each  occurrence  with  a  General   Aggregate  limit  of   $2,000,000.00;   (b)
Comprehensive Automobile Liability covering ownership, operation and maintenance
of all  owned,  non-owned  and hired  automobiles  used in  connection  with the
performance  of this  Agreement,  with  minimum  limits  of  $1,000,000.00  each
occurrence;  (c) Worker's  Compensation with statutory limits as required in the
state where the Services are being provided. USW shall be given thirty (30) days
advance  written  notification  of any  cancellation  or material  change of the
policy.  Vsource  shall  forward  certificate(s)  of  insurance  to USW prior to
commencement  of Services and upon renewal of insurance  during the term of this
Agreement.

     12.  SAFETY,  HEALTH  AND  ACCIDENT  REPORTS:  The safety and health of the
employees  and agents of a Party  brought on premises  the premises of the other
Party shall be the sole  responsibility of the Party employing such employees or
agents.  While the  employees  and agents of a Party are on the  premises of the
other Party, the employing Party shall comply with all local,  state and federal
environmental,  health and safety requirements,  including those relating to the
use and handling of hazardous  materials.  The employing  Party shall report all
accidents,  injury-inducing  occurrences  or property  damage  arising  from the
performance of Services. The other Party may request copies of any reports filed
with the employing  Party's insurer or others.  The employing  Party's employees
and agents shall comply with all plant rules and regulations  while on the other
Party's premises.

     13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: Vsource shall, at its expense, obtain all permits
and licenses,  pay all fees, and comply with all federal,  state and local laws,
ordinances,  rules,  regulations and orders applicable to Vsource's  performance
under this Agreement.

     14. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS: Vsource agrees that the Services performed under
this  Agreement  shall be free from defects in  performance  or material,  shall
conform to the requirements and  specifications of the Agreement and attachments
hereto,  and  shall be fit and  sufficient  for the  purposes  expressed  in, or
reasonably to be inferred from the Agreement  and  attachments  hereto.  Vsource
agrees to perform the Services with care, skill and diligence in accordance with
the  applicable  professional  and industry  standards  currently  recognized by
Vsource's  profession  and  industry and shall be  responsible  for the quality,
technical accuracy,  completeness and coordination of all reports,  information,
specifications  and other items and  Services  furnished  under this  Agreement.
Vsource shall comply with all applicable  governmental laws,  ordinances,  codes
and regulations in performing the Services.

If  Vsource  fails  to  meet  applicable  performance  standards set out in this
Agreement  and  attachments and Service Schedules, Vsource shall, at not cost to
USW  or  Vsource's  customer, correct or revise any error or deficiencies in the
Services.

     15. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE: Vsource represents and warrants that the Services
provided  under  this  Agreement  are  Year  2000  Compliant  and  will  lose no
functionality on or after January 1, 2000 or with respect to the introduction of
records  containing  dates  falling  on or after  January  1,  2000.  "Year 2000
Compliant"  means that the  Services  will  function  or be usable  properly  in
accordance  with the  requirements  of this  Agreement  and will record,  store,
process,  calculate and present  calendar  dates falling on and after January 1,
2000, and will calculate any information  dependent on or relating to such dates
in the same manner and functionality as on or before December 31, 1999.  Vsource
shall  modify or  replace  any  Services  that are not Year 2000  Compliant.  If
Vsource is unable to or fails to modify or replace Services,  USW shall have the
right to make such  modification or replacement and charge Vsource for any costs
incurred.

     16. [Redacted.]


                                                                    Page 3 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>
     17.     DISPUTE  RESOLUTION:  If  any claim, controversy or dispute between
the  Parties,  their  agents,  employees,  officers,  directors,  or  affiliates
("Dispute")  cannot  be  settled  through  negotiation or mediation, it shall be
resolved by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator engaged in the practice
of  law,  under  the  then current rules of the American Arbitration Association
("AAA").  The  Federal  Arbitration  Act,  9  U.S.C.  Sec. 1-16 shall govern the
arbitrability of all Disputes.  The arbitrator shall not have authority to award
punitive  damages.  All  expedited  procedures prescribed by the AAA rules shall
apply.  The  arbitrator's  decision  and  award  shall  be final and binding and
judgment  may  be  entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  Each Party
shall  bear  its  own  costs and attorneys' fees, and shall share equally in the
fees and expenses of the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party
may  seek  injunctive  relief  in an appropriate court of law until such time an
arbitrator  is  assigned.  The  laws of the State of California shall apply, and
any  arbitration  shall  occur  in  San  Francisco,  California.

     18.  FORCE  MAJEURE:  Neither  Party is liable  to the other  Party for any
delay,  error,  failure in performance or interruption of performance  resulting
from causes beyond their control.  The injured Party may elect to terminate this
Agreement and/or any Service Schedule upon written notice.

     19.  REMEDIES:  Subject to the Article on Dispute  Resolution  contained in
this Agreement and as limited by Section 10  "Limitation  of Liability"  herein,
the remedies  stated in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any
other rights available in law or in equity.

     20.  RECORDS AND AUDITS:  Vsource  shall  maintain  complete  and  accurate
records  as  appropriate  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles,   for  a  period  of  twenty-four  (24)  months  from  the  date  of
termination,  cancellation or expiration of this Agreement.  USW may inspect and
keep copies of  Vsource's  records  related to this  Agreement  upon  reasonable
notice.

     21.  ASSIGNMENT  AND  DELEGATION:  Neither  Party  shall  not  assign  this
Agreement,  in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other,
which shall not be unreasonably  withheld;  and any attempted assignment without
such consent shall be void.  Either Party may assign this Agreement  through its
merger  or as  part  of the  sale  of  substantially  all of its  assets  to the
counterparty of any such merger or acquisition.

     22. [Redacted.]

     23. NOTICES: Any notices required under this Agreement shall be sent to the
addresses of the Parties stated in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Notice
will be deemed  given  (1) as of the day they are  deposited  with an  overnight
courier,  charges prepaid, return receipt requested,  with a confirming telefax;
or (2) as of the day of receipt if they are  deposited in certified  U.S.  Mail,
charges prepaid,  return receipt  requested;  or (3) as of the day of receipt if
they are hand delivered. Copies of any such notices shall be sent to:

          U  S WEST, Inc.                Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP
          Law  Department                650  Town  Center  Drive,  4th  Floor
          1801 California Street #5100   Costa  Mesa,  CA  92626
          Denver,  CO  80202             Fax:  714-513-5130
          Fax:  303-308-9455             Attn.:  John  J.  Giovannone,  Esq


                                                                    Page 4 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>
     24. ADVERTISING,  PUBLICITY:  Neither  Party  shall  use  the other Party's
names,  marks, codes, drawings or Specifications in any advertising, promotional
efforts  or publicity of any kind without the expressed prior written permission
of  the  other  Party.

     25. WAIVERS:  No  waiver of  any  provision of  this Agreement or any right
or  obligation  of  a  Party shall be effective unless in writing, signed by the
Parties.  The  failure of either Party to enforce a right shall not constitute a
waiver.

     26. MODIFICATIONS  OR  AMENDMENTS:  Modifications  and  amendments  to this
Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Parties.

     27. NONEXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT: This Agreement is nonexclusive and USW does not
make any  commitment or guarantee for any minimum or maximum  amount of business
that it will engage in with Vsource.

     28. SEVERABILITY:  Any term of this Agreement which is held to be  invalid,
illegal, unenforceable or void will in no way affect any other provision.

     29. SEVERAL  LIABILITY:  If more than one party is referred to as USW, then
their obligations and liabilities shall be several, not joint.

     30. ENTIRE AGREEMENT:  This Agreement and any Service Schedule  constitutes
the entire  Agreement  between the Parties for the Services to be provided.  Any
prior oral or written communications or agreement of the Parties with respect to
the Services not  expressly  set forth in this  Agreement or any  attachment  or
Service Schedule or the like, are of no force or effect.

The  Parties,  intending  to  be legally bound, have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  authorized  representatives  on  the dates set forth below.


U  S  WEST  INTERPRISE  AMERICA,  INC.          VSOURCE,  INC.


                                                                    Page 5 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>
                          SERVICE SCHEDULE #1 ("SS#1")
                     TO DISTRIBUTION AND MARKETING AGREEMENT

This  SS#1  is  issued  pursuant  to  the  terms  and conditions of that certain
Marketing  and  Distribution  Agreement  ("Agreement"), effective April 15, 1999
("Agreement"),  by  and  between  U S WEST Interprise America, Inc. with offices
located  at  1801 California Street #3400, Denver, CO 80202 ("USW") and Vsource,
Inc.  ("Vsource")  with  offices located at 5740 Ralston, Suite 110, Ventura, CA
93003.

[Redacted.]

7.     GENERAL:

     This SS#1 and the Agreement  shall be read so as to complement  each other.
     However,  in the event of an irreconcilable  conflict in the terms thereof,
     the  provisions of the Agreement  shall have  precedence  over the terms of
     this SS#1.


                                                                   Page 10 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>

The Parties  intending to be legally bound have caused this SS#1 to Agreement to
be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

U  S  WEST  INTERPRISE  AMERICA,  INC.            VSOURCE,  INC.


                                                                   Page 11 of 11
  CONFIDENTIAL & PROPRIETARY.  DISCLOSE & DISTRIBUTE SOLELY TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS
                            WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW.
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10.2
             VENTURA PROFESSIONAL CENTER --FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE
                                     BETWEEN
           VIRTUAL SOURCE, INC. AND  SECURITY NATIONAL PROPERTIES, LLC
                                OCTOBER 27, 1998

THIS  AGREEMENT, dated January 10,2000, is between Security National Properties,
                               ---
LLC  ("Landlord"),  and Virtual Source, Inc.("Tenant"), and relates to the lease
                        --------------------
dated  October  27,1998,  by  and between Landlord and Tenant ("the Lease") with
       ------------
respect  to  the  premises  identified  as  Ventura  Professional  Center  ("the
Premises").

Landlord  and  Tenant  herein  agree to the following modifications to the above
referenced  lease:

1.    All  terms  defined  in  the Lease have the same meaning when used in this
      First  Amendment  to  Lease.

2.     An  area  comprising  approximately  2500 square feet on the first floor,
       Suite  110,  and  3038  square  feet on  the  second  floor,  Suite  202,
       of  5740  Ralston  Street,  Ventura, California.  5538 total square feet.

3.     Tenant  agrees  to pay Landlord minimum monthly rental for said Premises,
       payable monthly in advance, the amount of Eight  Thousand  Three  Hundred
                                                 -------------------------------
       SevenDollars ($8,307.00),for a term of Twenty Four (24)months, commencing
                    ----------                ---------------
       April 1,2000 and terminating on March 31 ,2002. If Tenant  is  unable  to
       ------------                    --------------
       move into the second  floor  space  prior  to  March  15,  2000, Landlord
       will  adjust rent commencement date accordingly. Tenant  shall  have  one
       (1), two (2) year option to extend the terms of  Lease  at  market  rate.

4.     Landlord  will  reimburse  Tenant  up  to  $25,000.00 for verified Tenant
       Improvements.

3.     Tenant  represents  to  Landlord  that  there are no defaults by Landlord
       under  the Lease and that Landlord has fully performed all obligations to
       Tenant under  the  Lease  which  has  accrued  up  to  the  date  hereof.

As  amended  hereby,  the Lease, and each and every provision thereof, is hereby
ratified and confirmed by Landlord and Tenant and shall remain in full force and
effect  by  and  between  Landlord  and  Tenant.

NOT WITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, this First Amendment to Lease offer shall remain
in  effect  until  5:00  P.M.  (PST),  January  14,  2000
                   --------------------------------------

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have executed this First Amendment to
Lease  the day and year first above written, although as a matter of convenience
it  may  be  actually  signed  by  parties  on  another  day.

Executed  on:     2/8/00

LANDLORD:

Security  National  Properties-Ventura,
LLC

BY:
Security  National  Properties  Servicing,
LLC-It's  Manager

By:      /s/  Fred  Griffith
        --------------------
          FRED  GRIFFITH
          Sr.  Vice  President,  Real  Estate

Date:  2/11/00

TENANT

Virtual  Source,  Inc.

By:     /s/  Robert  C.  McShirley
        --------------------------
          ROBERT  C.  MCSHIRLEY
          President


<PAGE>
                     MUTUAL RELEASE AND COMPROMISE AGREEMENT
                     ---------------------------------------

     This  Mutual  Release  and  Compromise  Agreement ("agreement") is made and
entered  into  by  Virtual  Source, Inc., a Nevada corporation, ("releasor") and
Ingomar  Limited  Partnership, a Nevada limited partnership, Ingomar Properties,
LLC,  an  Alaska  limited  liability  company,  and  Security National Servicing
corporation,  an  Alaska  corporation  (collectively  "releasees").

                         NATURE AND EFFECT OF AGREEMENT
                         ------------------------------

     Releasor  and  releasees have agreed to a full compromise and settlement of
all  disputes  between  them  according  to  the  terms  and  conditions of this
agreement.  By executing this agreement, each of the parties intends to and does
hereby resolve and settle all disputes and differences between them with respect
to  any  and  all  rights and liability arising out of or related to the matters
described  herein.  This  agreement  is  entered  into solely for the purpose of
settling any and all disputed claims and avoiding the expenses and uncertainties
of  litigation.  This  agreement  does  not  constitute  any admission by either
releasor  or  releasees of the lack of merit of that party's claims or defenses.

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     1.     On  or  about  September 15, 1997, releasor, as lessee, and releasee
Ingomar  Limited  Partnership,  as  lessor,  entered  into  a written lease (the
"current  lease") for the space designated as Suites 310 and 312 at 5720 Ralston
Street (the "current space") in the office complex commonly known as 5720, etc.,
Ralston  Street,  Ventura,  California  93003  (the  "complex").  At  that time,
releasee  Ingomar  Limited  Partnership  was  the  owner  of  the  complex.

     2.     Subsequently,  releasee  Ingomar  Limited  Partnership  conveyed
ownership  of  the  complex  to  releasee  Ingomar  Properties,  LLC.

     3.     At  all times material to this agreement, releasee Security National
Servicing  Corporation  has  been the duly authorized agent of releasees Ingomar
Limited  Partnership  and  Ingomar  Properties,  LLC.

     4.     In or about July and August, 1998, a dispute arose between releasor,
on  the  one  hand, and releasees, on the other hand, concerning the exercise by
releasor  of  an  option to extend the term of the current lease, and concerning
the actions of the parties in connection with the negotiation of a potential new
lease.

     5.     On  August  28,  1998,  releasor filed a complaint against releasees
Ingomar  Limited Partnership and Ingomar Properties, LLC, and against defendants
Does  1  through  100,  in  the  Ventura  County  (California)  Superior  Court,
designated as Case No. CIV 183504, for specific performance, declaratory relief,
injunctive  relief, and damages, arising out of the dispute between releasor and
releasees,  reference  to  which  is  made  for  further  particulars.

                                    AGREEMENT
                                    ---------

NOW,  THEREFORE,  IN  CONSIDERATION  OF  THE  MUTUAL  PROMISES  AND

COVENANTS  SET  FORTH  HEREIN,  THE  PARTIES  AGREE  AS  FOLLOWS:

I.  MUTUAL  COMPROMISE  AGREEMENT
    -----------------------------

     Each  party  hereby  compromises  and settles any and all past, present, or
future claims, demands, obligations, or causes of action, whether based on tort,
contract,  or  other  theories  of  recovery, which that party has, or which may
later  accrue  to  or be acquired by that party, against the other party and the
other  party's  predecessors  and  successors  in  interest, heirs, and assigns,
arising  from  the  subject  matter  of  the  actions  described  herein, on the
following  terms  and  conditions:

     A.     Releasor  and  releasee  Ingomar  Properties,  LLC,  shall forthwith
execute  a  lease (the "new lease") for Suite A at 5740 Ralston Street (the "new
space")  in  the complex, the form and content of said new lease being set forth
in  Exhibit  "A,"  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference.

     B.     Releasees shall pay to releasor the sum of $30,000 as follows: Prior
to  execution  of  this  agreement  by  releasor,  releasees  shall  cause to be
deposited  to the client trust account of releasor's counsel, CLARKE & CLARKE, a
Professional  Corporation,  said  sum  of  $30,000,  and  said  counsel shall be
authorized and directed to release said sum from said trust account to the order
of  releasor  immediately  upon  releasor's  execution  of  the  original  or  a
counterpart  of  this  agreement,  and  of  the  new  lease.

     C.  In  accordance with the terms and conditions of the new lease, releasor
shall  vacate  the  current  space  and  move  into  the  new  space.

     D.     Pending releasee moving into the new space, the terms and conditions
of  the  current  lease  shall  continue  in  full force and effect, except that
releasees waive, and releasor shall not be required to pay, any rent pursuant to
the  current  lease, and releasees acknowledge that the rent paid by releasor at
the  time  of execution of the current lease is accepted by releasees as payment
in  full  for  all  rent  due on account of releasor's occupation and use of the
current  space. Upon releasor vacating the current space and moving into the new
space,  the  current  lease  shall  terminate.

     E.     Upon  presentation  no  later  than  February 28, 1999, of receipts,
invoices,  and  other  sufficient  documentation  therefor,  releasee  Ingomar


<PAGE>
Properties,  LLC, shall forthwith reimburse releasor up to the cumulative amount
of  $10,000  for  reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it in connection
with  its  move from the current space to the new space, including telephone and
utility installation charges, costs of wiring and connecting computers, printing
new  stationary,  business  cards,  and  other  business  supplies in a quantity
similar  to  that  on  hand at the time releasor moves to the new space, and, in
addition  thereto,  releasee  Ingomar Properties, LLC, shall forthwith reimburse
releasor  up  to  the  cumulative amount of $7,500 for attorney's fees and costs
incurred  in  connection  with releasor's prosecution of the complaint described
herein, including services in connection with this settlement and mutual release
and  waiver.  In  the  event  of any dispute between the parties concerning such
reimbursement,  and  notwithstanding  any  provision  to the contrary in the new
lease,  such  dispute  shall  be  submitted  to  binding arbitration pursuant to
California Code of Civil Procedure sections 1280 through 1288.8, before a single
arbitrator  who  regularly  maintains  offices in Ventura, California, as may be
mutually  agreed upon by the parties, or in the event that they disagree, as may
be  appointed  by the then Presiding Judge of the Ventura County Superior Court,
acting  as  an  individual  upon  the  written  application  of  any  party.

     F.     Releasor  agrees  to  dismiss  with  prejudice its complaint against
releasees  Ingomar  Limited  Partnership  and  Ingomar  Properties, LLC, herein.

     G.     Releasor  and  releasees  each  agree  to  waive  any and all claims
against  the  other arising out of the subject matter of the complaint described
herein.

     H.     Releasor  and  releasees  agree  that this compromise and settlement
shall constitute a bar to all past, present and future claims arising out of the
subject  matter  of  the  actions  described  herein.

II.     REQUIREMENT  FOR  THE  FULFILLMENT  OF  ALL  CONDITIONS
        -------------------------------------------------------

     Releasor  and releasees agree that in the event one or more of the material
conditions  listed  as  "A"  through  "H"  under  the heading "MUTUAL COMPROMISE
AGREEMENT"  herein  is not met within a reasonable time after written notice and
demand,  this  entire  agreement  shall  be  null  and void, and without effect.

III.     MUTUAL  GENERAL  RELEASE
         ------------------------

     For  the  valuable  consideration  described  herein,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby acknowledged, each of the parties does hereby
expressly  release  and  discharge  each  other from any and all rights, claims,
causes  of  action, obligations, costs, damages, losses, liabilities and demands
of  whatsoever character to the date hereof, including, but without limiting the
generality  of any of the foregoing provisions, any and all claims of whatsoever
character  in  any  way  arising out of or connected with, the matters described
herein  except  those  matters and obligations expressly created or preserved as
provided  in  this  agreement.

     The parties hereto further expressly waive, to the fullest extent permitted
by  law,  the  provisions  and  benefits of section 1542 of the California Civil
Code,  which  provides:

          A  GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES
          NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT  TO  EXIST  IN  HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING
          THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN  BY  HIM  MUST  HAVE  MATERIALLY  AFFECTED
          HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

     The  parties  hereto agree and acknowledge that each may hereafter discover
facts different from or in addition to those he, she or it now knows or believes
to  be  true  with  respect  to  the matters contained in this agreement and the
claims  released  herein.  The  parties agree that this waiver shall be and will
remain  effective  in  all respects notwithstanding such different or additional
facts.

     It  is  the  intention  of the parties hereby fully, finally and forever to
settle  and  release all such matters, and all claims relative thereto, which do
now  exist,  may exist, or heretofore have existed between the parties hereto in
the  matter  specified  herein.  In  furtherance of such intention, the releases
given  herein  shall  be  and  will remain in effect as full and complete mutual
releases  of  any such matters notwithstanding the discovery of existence of any
additional  claims  of  facts  relative  hereto.

IV.  WARRANTY-
     ---------

     The  parties  to  this agreement hereby warrant and represent to each other
that  they  have  not assigned or transferred, voluntarily, involuntarily, or by
operation of law, any matter released pursuant to this agreement, or any part or
portion  thereof,  to  any  person or entity not a party to this agreement. Each
party  hereto  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold harmless the other party from and
against any claim, demand, damage, debt, liability or cause of action (including
the  payment  of  attorney's  fees  and  costs actually incurred, whether or not
litigation  is  commenced) based upon, in connection with, or arising out of any
such  assignment  or  transfer  by  the  indemnifying  party.

V.  AGREEMENT  NOT  AN  ADMISSION
    -----------------------------

     This  agreement is of a disputed claim and is not an admission of liability
by  either  releasor  or  releasees.

VI.  EQUITABLE  RELIEF
     -----------------

     The  parties agree that failure of either party to carry out any obligation
under  this  agreement  will  constitute immediate and irreparable damage to the
other  not  compensable  in money damages and will warrant preliminary and other
injunctive  and  equitable  relief  on a showing of the failure to carry out any
such obligation satisfactory to the court to which application for relief may be
made.

VII.  COOPERATION
      -----------

     The  parties  hereto agree that they will execute any and all documents and
take  any  and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the
terms  of  this  agreement.

VIII.  ADVICE  OF  ATTORNEY
       --------------------


<PAGE>
     Each  party  warrants  and represents that in executing this agreement, he,
she  or  it has relied upon legal advice from the attorney of his or her choice;
that  the terms of this agreement have been read and its consequences (including
risks, complications, and costs) have been completely explained to him or her by
that  attorney;  and  that  he,  she  or  it fully understands the terms of this
agreement. Each party further acknowledges and represents that he, she or it has
executed  this  agreement  freely and voluntarily without the undue influence of
any  person,  and  he, she or it has not relied on any inducements, promises, or
representations  made  by  any person not expressly set forth in this agreement.

IX.  AUTHORITY  TO  CONSENT
     ----------------------

     Each  party  to this agreement warrants that he, she or it has authority to
consent  to  this  agreement.

X.  BINDING  ON  HEIRS
    ------------------

     This  agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  the  spouses,  heirs,  legatees,
transferees,  assigns,  officers,  directors,  shareholders,  representatives,
employees  and  agents  of  the  parties  hereto.

XI.  ATTORNEY'S  FEES
     ----------------

     In  the  event  any  action,  suit  or  proceeding is commenced under or in
connection  with this agreement, or with respect to any matter released pursuant
to  this  agreement,  the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, and the
other  party  hereby agrees to pay, the prevailing party's costs and expenses in
connection  therewith,  including  reasonable  attorney's  fees.

XII.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT
      -----------------

     This  agreement  is  the entire agreement between and among the parties and
supersedes  all  prior  and  contemporaneous agreements or understandings of the
parties. Any amendment to this agreement shall not be valid or binding unless in
writing  and  executed  by  each  of  the  parties  hereto.

XIII.  EXECUTION
       ---------

     This  agreement  may  be  executed  in  one or more counterparts (including
multiple  signature  pages),  all of which shall be deemed to be one instrument.
True  and  correct  copies  may  be  used  in  lieu  of  the  original.

XIV.  CONFLICT  WITH  APPLICABLE  LAW
      -------------------------------

     Should  any portion of this agreement be determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction  to  be  in  conflict  with any applicable law, the validity of the
remaining  portions  of  this  agreement  shall  not  be  affected  thereby.

XV.  CONSTRUCTION  OF  AGREEMENT
     ---------------------------

     All  questions  with  respect to the construction of this agreement and the
rights  and  liabilities  of the parties hereto shall be governed by the laws of
the  State  of California. For purposes of construction, this agreement shall be
deemed  to  have been drafted by all parties, and no ambiguity shall be resolved
against  any  party  by  virtue  of  his  participation  in  the drafting of the
agreement.

Dated:     October  _______,  1998

VIRTUAL  SOURCE,  INC.,
a  Nevada  Corporation

By:     /s/  Samuel  E.  Bradt     /s/  Robert  C.  McShirley
        ----------------------     --------------------------
             SAMUEL  E.  BRADT          ROBERT  C.  MCSHIRLEY
             Chairman  &  CFO           CEO



SECURITY  NATIONAL  SERVICING  CORPORATION  an  Alaska  corporation

BY:     /s/  Fred  S.  Griffith     /s/  Robin  P.  Arkley
        -----------------------     ----------------------
             FRED  S.  GRIFFITH          ROBIN  P.  ARKLEY
             Sr.  VP, Real Estate        President


INGOMAR  LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP,
A  Nevada  Limited  Partnership

BY:     /s/  Robin  P.  Arkley
        ----------------------
          ROBIN  P.  ARKLEY
          President

Prepared  by:

NORMAN,  DOWLER,  SAWYER,  ISRAEL  &  HANCOCK

By:      /s/  Robert  M.  Sawyer
        ------------------------
          ROBERT  M.  SAWYER,  Attorneys  for  releasees

Reviewed  and  approved  by:

CLARKE  &  CLARKE,
A  Professional  Corporation

By:     /s/  Kevin  M.  Clarke,  Attorneys  for  releasees


<PAGE>
                           VENTURA PROFESSIONAL CENTER
                                  OFFICE LEASE

THIS  RENTAL  AGREEMENT,  executed  in  duplicate  on the date herein set forth,
between  Ingomar  Properties,  LLC  (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"), and
Virtual  Source,  Inc(hereinafter  referred  to  as  "Tenant").
   ------------------

IT  IS  AGREED  between  the  parties  hereto  as  follows:

                              ARTICLE 1. - PREMISES

1.01  Premises
- --------------

Landlord  hereby  leases  to  Tenant,  and  Tenant  hereby  hires and takes from
Landlord,  for  the  term, at the rental and upon the conditions hereinafter set
forth,  those  certain  Premises,  herein  after  referred to as the "Premises",
described  as  follows:

An  area  comprising  approximately  2500square  feet,  on  the  first floor, as
                                     ----
outlined in red in "Exhibit A" attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, of
the  Ventura  Professional  Center,  located  at 5740 Ralston Street, Suite A in
                                                                            -
Ventura, CA. The Premises shall also include a nonexclusive right of ingress and
egress  across  the land on which the building is located and through the stairs
and  common  hallways  of the building and parking areas. Premises shall include
all  fixtures  and  equipment  to  be  installed by Landlord as herein provided.

1.02  Quiet  Enjoyment
- ----------------------

The  Landlord  covenants  and  agrees  that  the  Tenant  on paying the rent and
performing  the  covenants  contained herein shall and may peaceably and quietly
hold  and  enjoy  the  Premises  for  the  term  of  the  Lease.

1.03  Subordination
- -------------------

This Lease shall be subordinate and subject at all times to any mortgage or deed
of trust covering the Premises or which at any time hereafter shall be made, and
to  all  advances  made,  or  hereafter  to  be  made, upon the security hereof.

1.04  Parking
- -------------

The  Tenant  shall  have the right to unlimited parking in common with others in
the  parking area adjoining the building in which the Premises are located until
such  time  that  in  the  discretion  of  the  Landlord  such use would dictate
assignment  of  space.

                                ARTICLE 2. - USE

2.01  Permitted  Use
- --------------------

The  Premises are to be used solely for office purposes and for no other purpose
without  the  written  consent  of  Landlord.

2.02  Compliance  with  Regulations  of  Governmental  Authorities
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

Tenant  agrees  that  it  will  comply  with  all laws, statutes, rules, orders,
ordinances  and/  or  regulations  issued,  or  in force (except those requiring
structural  alteration  not  caused  by  acts  of the Tenant), applicable to the
Premises,  or  the business or profession of Tenant, of the City, County, State,
and  Federal  goverranents, and of the California Board of Fire Underwriters and
of  the  Board  of  Equalization  of  the  State  of  California.

2.03  Compliance  with  Regulations  of  Insurers
- -------------------------------------------------

Tenant  agrees  at  Tenant's  sole  cost  and expense to comply with any and all
requirements  of any insurance organization or company so that reasonable public
liability  insurance  and fire insurance can be maintained covering the building
and  appurtenances.

2.04  Prohibited  Use
- ---------------------

Tenant  will  not,  without  the written consent of the Landlord, either use any
apparatus  or  device  in  connection  with  the  Premises which will in any way
increase  the amount of electricity, water, or climate control usually furnished
or  supplied  to the Premises, device for the purpose of using electric current,
water,  or  climate  control.

2.05  Assignment  and  Subletting
- ---------------------------------

Tenant  shall  not  assign, mortgage, or hypothecate this Lease, or any interest
therein,  or  permit the use of the Premises by any person or persons other than
that  Tenant  or  sublet  the Premises, or any part thereof, without the written
consent  of the Landlord. Consent to any such assignment or subletting shall not
operate  as a waiver of the necessity for a consent to any subsequent assignment
or  subletting,  and  the terms of such consent shall be binding upon any person
holding  by,  under,  or  through  Tenant.  Landlord's  consent  will  not  be
unreasonably  withheld.

Any  assignment  or subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall, at
the  option  of  Landlord, terminate this Lease. This Lease shall not, nor shall
any  interest  therein be assignable, as to the interest of Tenant, by operation
of law, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably
withhold  his  written  consent  to  the  assignment  by  the Tenant of Tenant's
interest  in the Lease, or the subletting of the Premises or any part thereof to
another  person or company of the Premises or any part thereof to another person
or  company  of  the  same profession or business as Tenant in good professional


<PAGE>
standing, provided always that such assignment or subletting shall not overcrowd
the  Premises  or  increase the expenses of Landlord and is not in conflict with
the better interests and welfare of the building. In the event that the Premises
are  leased  to more than one Tenant, this Lease shall automatically transfer to
the  survivor  or  survivors,  in  the  event  of  death  of  one  Tenant.

2.06  Signs
- -----------

In  order  that signs will be harmonious the installations of all signs, whether
exterior  or interior shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord and any
applicable  governmental  authority.

2.07  Rules  and  Regulations
- -----------------------------

Tenant  agrees to observe faithfully, and reasonably comply with, the rules and.
regulations,  attached  to  this  Lease  as  Exhibit  "B" and hereby made a part
hereof,  and  such other rules and regulations, promulgated from time to time by
the  Landlord  which  shall  be  reasonable,  as  in the Landlord's judgment are
necessary  for  the  safety,  care,  and  cleanliness of the building or for the
preservation  of  good  order  therein.  The Landlord shall not be liable to the
Tenant  for  violation  of  such rules and regulations by any other Tenant, it's
servants,  employees,  agents,  visitors,  or  licensees.

                                ARTICLE 3. - TERM

3.01  Term
- ----------

The  term  of  this Lease shall be for a period not to exceed fourteen (14) full
calendar  months,  plus  the  partial  month,  if  any,  immediately  following
commencement  of  this Lease as provided below. This Lease shall commence on the
first  day  of  occupancy by Tenant, but in no event later than December 1, 1998
(the  "Commencement  Date"),  and shall terminate on December 31, 1999, provided
that  in  the  event  that the Premises are not ready for occupancy by Tenant on
November  1,  1998,  Tenant  may  continue  to  occupy the premises described in
Tenant's  prior  lease  dated September 15, 1997, under the terms and conditions
setforth herein, and Tenant shall move from those other premises to the Premises
forthwith  upon  the  Premises becoming ready and available to Tenant, and shall
terminate on December 31, 1999. Landlord and Tenant also agree that that certain
Office  Lease entered into by Landlord and Tenant for the premises known as 5720
Ralston  Street, Suites 310 and 312, Ventura, California (the "Old Premises"), a
copy  of which is attached hereto as "Exhibit C" (the "Old Lease"), shall remain
in  full  force  and effect until the Commencement Date of this Lease; provided,
                                                                       ---------
however,that  no  additional  rental  shall  be  due  under  the  Old  Lease.
  ------

3.02  Option  to  Renew
- -----------------------

Tenant  shall  have the option to extend the term of this Lease for a single one
(1)  year  term  at  the  rental  rate of One Dollar and Fifty Cents ($1.50) per
square  foot,  by  delivering  to the Landlord written notice of the exercise of
said  option  at  least  ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the initial
term  as  stated  in  paragraph  3.01.

3.03  Delivery  of  Possession
- ------------------------------

Liability  of  Parties  --  In the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver
possession  of  the Premises at the time of the commencement of the term of this
Lease,  neither  Landlord  nor  its agents shall be liable for any damage caused
thereby,  nor  shall  this  Lease thereby become void or voidable, nor shall the
term herein specified be in any way extended, but in such event Tenant shall not
be  liable  for  any  rent  until  such time as Landlord can deliver possession.

Occupancy  -- The Premises shall be considered ready for occupancy, and the term
of  this  Lease  shall  commence,  thirty  (30) working days after the date that
Landlord  has  notified  Tenant  in  writing  that  Landlord  has  substantially
completed  all  of  the  work  to  be  done  by  Landlord  pursuant  to  6.01.

3.04  Surrender  of  Premises
- -----------------------------

Termination  of  Tenancy  --  Tenant  agrees  to  surrender  the Premises at the
termination  of  the  tenancy  herein  created,  in the same condition as herein
agreed  they  have  been received, reasonable use and wear thereof and damage by
the  act  of  God  or  by  the  elements  excepted.

3.05  Holding  Over
- -------------------

If  Tenant holds possession of the Premises after the term of this Lease, Tenant
shall,  at  the  option  of  the  Landlord,  to be exercised by Landlord's given
written  notice to Tenant and not otherwise, become a Tenant from month to month
upon the terms and conditions herein specified at a monthly rental equal to that
paid  by Tenant for the last month of the term of this Lease, payable in advance
in  lawful  money,  and  shall continue to be such Tenant until thirty (30) days
after Tenant shall have given to Landlord or Landlord shall have given to Tenant
a written notice of intention to terminate such monthly tenancy. Unless Landlord
shall  exercise  the  option  hereby  given  him.  Tenant  shall  be a Tenant at
sufferance only, whether or not Landlord shall accept any rent from Tenant while
Tenant  is  so  holding  over.

3.06  Quitclaim
- ---------------

Upon  the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of this Lease, Tenant agrees to
deliver  a  quitclaim deed in favor of Landlord, if Landlord requests release of
its  interest  in  the  Premises.

3.07  Operating  Enpense  Adjustments
- -------------------------------------

INTENTIONALLY  DELETED.


<PAGE>
                                ARTICLE 4. - RENT

4.01  Minimum  Monthly  Rent
- ----------------------------

Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord as minimum monthly rent for the initial term of
this  lease,  as  described in paragraph 3.01, without deduction, set-off, prior
notice,  or  demand,  the sum Zero Dollars ($ 0.00), per month in advance on the
                              ----
first  day of each month. Minimum monthly rent for the first month or portion of
it shall be paid on the day that Tenant's obligation to pay minimum monthly rent
commences.  Minimum  monthly rent for any partial month shall be prorated at the
rate  of  1/30th  of  the  minimum  monthly  rent  per  day.

All  rent  shall be paid to Landlord at the address to which notices to Landlord
are given. Rent paid more than ten (10) days later shall be subject to a penalty
of  six  percent  (6%)  of  the  rent  due.

ARTICLE  5.  -  TAXES  AND  UTILITIES

5.01  Taxes
- -----------

Landlord  shall  pay all taxes and assessments levied upon the property of which
the  Premises represent a part of the total area. Tenant shall pay all taxes and
assessments  levied  against  any  personal  property,  trade fixtures, or other
improvements,  on  the  Premises  belonging  to  Tenant.

5.02  Utilities
- ---------------

Landlord  agrees  to  furnish the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven
(7)  days  per  week,  subject  to  the  regulations of the building wherein the
Premises  are  situated,  with  a  reasonable  amount  of  water and electricity
suitable  for the intended use of the Premises, such heat as may be required for
the  comfortable  occupation  of  the  Premises,  janitor  service, and elevator
service,  which shall mean service either by non-attended automatic elevators or
elevators  with attendants at the option of the Landlord, provided Tenant is not
in  default  hereunder.  Landlord,  however,  shall not be liable for failure to
furnish  any  of  the  foregoing  when  such  failure  is caused by accidents or
conditions  beyond  the  control  of Landlord, or by labor disturbances or labor
disputes, of any character, whether resulting from or caused by acts of Landlord
or  otherwise,  or  repairs, provided that in the case of repairs Landlord gives
Tenant  reasonable  advance written notice of interruption of such services; nor
shall  Landlord  be  liable  under  any  circumstances  for loss of or injury to
property,  however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to the
furnishing  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  nor shall any such failure relieve the
Tenant  from  the  duty  to  pay  the  full  amount  of rent herein reserved, or
constitute  or  be  construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant. The
Premises  are  leased  on  a  twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per
week,  basis.

ARTICLE  6.  -  IMPROVEMENTS  AND  REPAIRS

6.01  Fitting  Up
- -----------------

Prior  to  the  commencement  of  the term, Landlord shall clean carpet, replace
ceiling  tiles  as  necessary,  and paint Premises at its sole cost and expense.

6.02  Repairs
- -------------

Tenant  shall  take  good  care  of  the Premises and they shall not be altered,
repaired  or  changed  without the written consent of Landlord. Unless otherwise
provided  by  written agreement, all alterations, improvements, and changes that
may  be  required shall be done either by or under the direction and at the cost
of  Landlord and shall be the property of Landlord, and shall remain upon and be
surrendered  with  the  Premises,  excepting however that, at Landlord's option,
Tenant  shall,  at  his expense, when surrendering the Premises, remove from the
Premises and the building all partitions, counters, railings, etc., installed in
the  Premises  by  or  at  the cost of Tenant. All damages or injury done to the
Premises by Tenant, or by any person who may be in or upon the Premises with the
consent  of  Tenant  shall  be  paid  for  by  the  Tenant.

6.03  Mechanic's  Liens
- -----------------------

The  Tenant  shall not suffer or permit any mechanic's or materialman's liens to
be  filed against the fee of the real property of which the Premises form a part
not against the Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have
the  right  at  all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any
notices  which  it  deems  necessary for protection from such liens. If any such
liens are so filed, Landlord, at its election, may pay and satisfy the same and,
in  such  event,  the sums so paid by the Landlord, with interest at the rate of
ten  percent  (10%)  per  annum  from  the date of payment shall be deemed to be
additional  rent due and payable by the Tenant at once without notice or demand.

ARTICLE  7.  -  DESTRUCTION  AND  CONDEMNATION

7.01  Destruction  of  Premises  by  Non-  Insured  Causes
- ----------------------------------------------------------

Should  the  building in which the Premises are located be substantially damaged
or  destroyed  by  any  cause which is not covered by insurance, such as but not
limited  to  earthquake,  war,  riot,  and insurrection, Landlord may by written
notice  given  within  ninety (90) days from the happening of such event, cancel
its  Lease  without  obligation other than to refund any rent paid by Tenant but
not  used;  provided,  however,that  upon  receipt  by  Tenant of such notice by
            -------------------
Landlord  of its election to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have a period of
sixty  (60)  days  to vacate the Premises so long as Tenant continues to pay the
full  rental  amount as provided by this Lease. The term "substantially" as used
herein  shall  be  taken  to  mean  any damage, the repair of which will cost in
excess of the sum of twenty-five percent (25%) of the original construction cost
of  the  building.


<PAGE>
7.02  Destruction  of  Premises  by  Fire
- -----------------------------------------

Should  the  building in which the Premises are located be substantially damaged
or  destroyed  by  fire  or  other  cause, either party may cancel this lease as
provided  in  this  Section  7.02.

The  term  "substantially"  as used herein shall be taken to mean any damage the
repair  of  which  will  cost in excess of the sum of fifty percent (50%) of the
original  construction  cost. Either party's notice to the other of its election
to  cancel  this Lease must be given within (90) days from the date of the fire,
or  other  insured  cause; provided,however, that upon receipt by Tenant of such
                           ---------
notice  by Landlord of its election to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall have a
period  of sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises so long as Tenant continues to
pay  the  full  rental  amount  as  provided  by  this  Lease.  If  no notice of
cancellation  is given by either party, the Lease shall remain in full force and
effect  as  written,  and  Landlord  agrees  to use due diligence to rebuild the
Premises  to  a  similar condition as existed prior to the fire. If the Premises
are  rendered wholly untenantable during the period of repair, the rent shall be
abated  until the Premises are ready for occupancy. If the Premises are rendered
partially  untenantable,  the  rent  shall be apportioned according to the space
that  is  still usable by the Tenant during the course of reconstruction. If the
Landlord  should elect to cancel the Lease under this cause, it shall refund any
unearned  rent  as  of  the  date  of  the  destruction.  See  Addendum.

7.03  Condemnation
- ------------------

If  the  whole  or  any  part  of the Premises shall be taken or condemned by an
competent  authority  under power of eminent domain for a public or quasi-public
use  or purpose, then, at Landlord's option to be exercised by written notice to
be  given  by  Landlord  to Tenant, the term hereby granted shall cease from the
time  when  possession of the part so taken shall be required for such public or
quasi-public  use  or purpose, and without an apportionment of the award, Tenant
hereby assigning to Landlord all right and claim to the award. The current rent,
however,  in  such  case  shall  be  apportioned.

                             ARTICLE 8. - INDEMNITY

8.01  No  Liabilily  of  Landlord
- ---------------------------------

Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury or damage that may result
to  any person or property by or from any cause whatsoever, and without limiting
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  whether  caused  by  water  leakage or any
character  from  the room, walls, basement, or other portion of the Premises, or
caused  by  gas, fire, oil, electricity, or any cause whatsoever, in on or about
the  Premises  or  any  apart  thereof.

8.02  Indemnification  of  Landlord
- -----------------------------------

Tenant  and  Landlord agrees to hold each other harmless from and defend against
any  and  all  claims  or  liability  for  any injury or damage to any person or
property  whatsoever,  (1)  occurring  in,  on or about the Premises or any part
thereof:  and  (2)  occurring in, on or about any facilities (including, without
prejudice  to  the  generality  of  the term "facilities," elevators, stairways,
passageways,  or  hallways) the use of which Tenant may have in conjunction with
other  tenants  of  the  building, when such injury or damage shall be caused in
part  of  in  whole  by the act, negligence or fault of, or omission of any duty
with  respect  to  the  same  by  Tenant,  his  agents,  servants, or employees.

8.03  Liabilily  Insurance  Provided  by  Tenant
- ------------------------------------------------

Liability  Insurance  in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) is to
be  provided  by  Tenant.  Landlord  should  be  named as additional insured and
certificate  of  the  policy  should  be  delivered  to  the  Landlord.

                               ARTICLE 9 - DEFAULT

9.01  Acts  Constituting  a  Default.
- -------------------------------------

Any  and  all  of the following actions shall, upon notice by Landlord to Tenant
and  following  expiration  of  a reasonable period within which Tenant may cure
such  default,  constitute  a  default  of  this  Lease:

1.     Use  of  the  Premises  for  any purpose other than as authorized in this
       Lease;  or
2.     Other  sums  owing  when  due;  or
3.     Abandonment  or  vacation  of  Tenant  from  the  Premises;  or
4.     Assignment of the Premises by Tenant, either voluntary or by operation of
       law,  whether by  judgment,  executions,  death,  or  any  other means,
       without the consent of Landlord;  or
5.     The  filing  by  Tenant or any other person of a voluntary or involuntary
       petition  in bankruptcy or an arrangement by or against Tenant; the
       adjudication of Tenant as a bankrupt  or  insolvent; the appointment of a
       receiver appointed at the instance or  request of  Landlord;  the general
       or any other assignment by Tenant for the benefit of this creditors;  or
6.     A  default  in  the  performance  of any terms, covenants, and conditions
       herein  contained;  or
7.     The  inability  of  Tenant  to  perform  any  of the terms, covenants, or
       conditions  herein  by him  to  be  kept  or  performed.

9.02  Remedies  Upon  Default
- -----------------------------

In the event of a default of this Lease, and in addition to all other rights and
remedies  Landlord  may have at law, Landlord shall have the option to do any or
all  of  the  following:

1.  Re-entry - Immediately re-enter and remove all persons and property from the
Premises, storing  said personal  property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at
the cost of,  and  for the  account of, the Tenant. In such instance, the  Lease
will be terminated, and Landlord will  be  entitled  otherwise  to  recover  all
damages allowable under the law or this  Lease.


<PAGE>
2.  Collection of Rent -- As it becomes due hereunder, or to enforce, by suit or
otherwise,  any other term or provision hereof on the part Tenant required to be
kept  or  perform,  it being specifically agreed that all unpaid sums shall bear
interest  at  the  highest  legal  rate  from  the  due date thereof until paid.

3.  Termination  of  Lease  --  Termination  of this Lease, in which even Tenant
agrees  to  immediately  surrender  possessions  of  the Premises, and to pay to
Landlord,  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  Landlord  may have, all damages
Landlord  may  incur  by reason of his default, including the cost of recovering
the  Premises.

4.  Measure  of Damages -- The damages Landlord may recover include the worth at
the  time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the
term  after  the  time  of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss from the
same  period  that  Tenant  proves  could  be  reasonably  avoided.

9.03     Removal  of  Property
- ----     ---------------------

INTENTIONALLY  DELETED.

9.04     Waiver  of  Damages
- ----     -------------------

INTENTIONALLY  DELETED.

9.05     Waiver  of  Breach
- ----     ------------------

Landlord's  failure  to take full advantage of any default or breach of covenant
the  part  of  Tenant shall not be , or construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any  custom  or  practice which may grow up between the parties in the course of
administrating  this  instrument be construed to waive or to lessen the right of
Landlord  to  insist  upon  the  performance by Tenant of any tern, covenant, or
condition  hereof,  or  to  exercise any rights given him on account of any such
default.  A waiver of a particular breach, or default, shall not be deemed to be
a  waiver  of the same or any other subsequent breach or default. The acceptance
of  rent  hereunder  shall  not be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any term,
covenant,  or  condition  of  this  Lease.

9.06  Demand  for  Rent
- -----------------------

In  the  event  that  Tenant  shall  be  in  default in the payment of any rents
provided  for  in this Lease, Tenant waives the making by Landlord of any demand
for  rent  prior  to  the  commencement  of any action in ejectment or to obtain
possession  of  the  Premises.

9.07  Cumulative  Remedies
- --------------------------

The  foregoing  remedies  of  Landlord  shall  not  be  exclusive,  but shall be
cumulative  and  in  addition to all remedies now or hereafter allowed by law or
elsewhere  provided.

9.08  Landlord  Curing  Default
- -------------------------------

Upon  fifteen (15) days prior written notice to the Tenant by the Landlord, or a
time period during which Tenant could reasonably be expected to cure the default
in  question  after  such  notice,  it  is agreed that the Landlord may cure any
default  by  the Tenant hereunder and, if necessary, may enter upon the Premises
for such purpose, and in such event the cost thereof to Landlord shall be deemed
additional  rent  payable  by the Tenant, which shall become immediately due and
payable.  Furthermore,  Landlord  has  the  right to act immediately if Landlord
believes  it  necessary.

                       ARTICLE 10 - INSPECTION AND NOTICES

10.  1  Inspection
- ------------------

Tenant  will  permit  landlord  with  reasonable  notice  provided  it is not an
emergency  and  its agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable
times  for  the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of protecting
owners reversions, or to make alterations or additions to the Premises or to any
other  portion  of  the  building  in  which  the  Premises are situated, or for
maintaining  any  service  provided  by  Landlord to Tenant hereunder, including
window  cleaning  and janitor service if provided, without any rebate of rent to
Tenant  for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or damage,
injury,  or  inconvenience  thereby  occasioned, and will permit Landlord at any
time within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of this Lease to bring upon
the  Premises for purposed of inspection of display, prospective tenants hereof.

10.2  Notices
- -------------

Any notice, demand or communication under, or in connection with, this lease may
be  served upon  Landlord  by  personal service,  or  by  mailing  the  same  by
registered mail, and/or  certified mail  in  the  United  States  Post  Office,
postage prepaid, and return receipt requested,  and  directed to Landlord at the
below  stated  address  and  may  likewise  be  served  on  Tenant  by  personal
service  or  by  so  mailing  the  same  addressed to Tenant at the below stated
address  or  the  Premises. Either Landlord or Tenant may change such address by
notifying  the  other  party  in  writing  as  to  such new address as Tenant or
Landlord  may  desire used and which address shall continue as the address until
further  written  notice.

     LANDLORD  NOTICES:                             TENANT  NOTICES:
     Ingomar  Properties,  LLC                      Virtual  Source,  Inc.
     DBA:  Ventura  Professional  Center            5740  Ralston,  Suite  A
     5700  Ralston  Street,  Suite  101             Ventura,  California  93003
     Ventura,  CA  93003


<PAGE>
                        ARTICLE 11. - GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.  01  Covenants
- ------------------

It is mutually agreed that the letting hereunder is made upon and subject to the
terms,  covenants,  and  conditions of this Lease and that Tenant covenants as a
material  part of the consideration for this Lease, to keep and perform each and
all  of  said  terms, covenants, and conditions by him be kept or performed, and
that  this  Lease  is  made  upon  the  condition  of  such  performance.

11.02  Provisions  Deemed  Covenants  and  Conditions
- -----------------------------------------------------

The  parties  hereto  agree  that  all  the material provisions hereof are to be
construed  as  covenants  and  conditions  as  through  the words importing such
covenants  and  conditions  were  used  in  each  instance  and  that all of the
provisions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefits of the parties hereto and
their  respective  heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors,  and  assigns.

11.03  Time  of  Essence
- ------------------------

Time  is  of  the  essence  in  the performance of each provision of this Lease.

11.04  Cumulative  Remedies
- ---------------------------

The specified remedies to which Landlord or Tenant may resort under the terms of
this Lease are cumulative and not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies
afforded  by  Law.  The  waiver  of  the  performance  or any covenant, term, or
condition of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver
of  any  subsequent  breach  of  the  same  covenant,  term,  or  condition.

11.05  Attorney's  Fees
- -----------------------

Should  either  part  hereto institute any legal action to enforce any provision
hereof,  the  prevailing  party in such action shall be entitled to receive from
the  losing  party  such  amount  as  the  court  may  adjudge  to be reasonable
attorney's  fees.

11.06  Interest  on  Money  Due
- -------------------------------

Any  sum accruing to Landlord or Tenant under the provisions of this Lease which
shall  not  be  paid  when due shall be interest at the rate of eighteen percent
(18%)  per  annum,  or  at  the maximum rate permitted by law, from the date the
original  same  was  due.

11.07  Invalidity
- -----------------

If  any term, covenant, condition, or provision of this Lease is held by a court
of  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or enforceable, the remainder of
the  provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way
be  affected,  impaired,  or  invalidated  thereby.

11.08  Agency
- -------------

Nothing  contained  in  this  Lease  shall be deemed or construed by the parties
hereto or by a third person or create the relationship of principal and agent or
of  partnership  or  of  joint  venture  or  of any other association other than
Landlord  and  Tenant.

11.09  Extensions
- -----------------

All  references  to  the term of this Lease shall include any extensions of such
term.

11.  10  Captions
- -----------------

The  captions of articles of this Lease are for reference only and are not to be
construed  in  any  way  as  a  part  of  this  Lease.

11.  11  Binding  Effect,  Counterparts
- ---------------------------------------

This  Lease  shall  not  be binding and in effect until a counterpart hereof has
been  executed  and  delivered  by  the  parties  each  to  the  other.

11.  12  Execution
- ------------------

The  parties  have  executed  this Lease at the place and on the dates specified
immediately  after  their  respective  signatures.

Tenant:
LANDLORD:INGONIAR  PROPERTIES,  LLC

Signature:     /s/  Fred  S.  Griffith     Date:  10/27/98
               -----------------------     ---------------
                    FRED  S.  GRIFFITH
                   Senior  Vice  president,  Real  Estate



Tenant:        VIRTUAL  SOURCE,  INC.

Signature:
               ROBERT  C.  MCSHIRLEY
               Senior  Vice  President,  Real  Estate


<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                               Rules & Regulations

Directory
- ---------

The  bulletin board or directory will be provided exclusively for the display of
the name and location of Tenant only; and Landlord reserves the right to exclude
any other names therefrom, and also to charge Tenant for each and every name, in
addition  to  the  name  of  Tenant,  placed  by  it upon such bulletin board of
directory.

Landlord, at its expense, shall provide an identification sign for the Tenant to
be  placed in the lobby of the first floor and an additional identification sign
in  the  lobby  of  the  floor  on  which the Premises are located. Tenant shall
purchase  a matching sign to be used to identify the Premises, the cost of which
is  estimated  to  be  Thirty  Dollars  ($30.00).

Locks  and  Keys
- ----------------

No  additional  locks shall be placed upon any doors of the Premises, and Tenant
agrees  not  to have any duplicate keys made without the consent of Landlord. If
more than two (2)keys for any door lock are desired, the additional number shall
          -------
be paid for by Tenant. Upon termination of this Lease Tenant shall surrender all
keys.

Wiring
- ------

When  wiring  of  any  kind  is  introduced  it must be connected as directed by
Landlord,  and  no  boring  or cutting for wires will be allowed except with the
mutual  agreement.  The  location  of  telephones,  call boxes, and other office
equipment  affixed  to  the  Premises  shall  be prescribed by mutual agreement.

Plumbing
- --------

The  washbowls,  water  closets,  and  urinals shall not be used for any purpose
other  than  those  for  which  they  were  constructed.

Halls  and  Stairways
- ---------------------

The  entries,  passages,  stairways,  and  elevators  shall not be obstructed by
Tenant,  or  used for any other purpose than ingress or egress to and from their
respective  offices.  Tenant  shall  not  bring into or keep within building any
animal  or  vehicle.

Obstructing  Light
- ------------------

Tenant  shall  not  allow anything to be placed against or near the glass in the
partitions  or  in the doors between the Premises and in the halls or corridors.
The  doors  between  the Premises and the corridors of the building shall at all
times,  except  when  in  actual  use  for  ingress  or  egress, be kept closed.

Movina  Furniture
- -----------------

No furniture, freight, or equipment of any kind shall be brought into or removed
from  the  building without the consent of Landlord or Landlord's agent; and all
moving of same, into or out of building, by Tenants, shall be done at such times
and in such manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to
prescribe  the  weight, size, and position of all safes and other heavy property
brought  into  the building, and also the times and manner of moving the loss or
damage  to  any such safe or property from any cause; but all damage done to the
building by moving or maintaining any such safe or property shall be repaired at
the  expense  of  Tenant.

Janitor  Service
- ----------------

Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord
for  the  purpose  of  cleaning  the Premises, unless otherwise agreed. Landlord
shall  be  in  no way responsible for any loss of or damage to Property from the
Premises,  however  occurring.

Violations  By  Other  Tenant
- -----------------------------

Landlord is not responsible to any Tenant for the nonobservance or violations of
the  rules  and  regulations  by  any  other  Tenant.

Rooms  Used  In  Common
- -----------------------

Rooms  used  in  common  by  Tenants shall be subject to such regulations as are
posted  therein.

Landlord's  Office  And  Employees
- ----------------------------------

The  requirements  of  Tenant  will  be attended to only upon application at the
office  of  the building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do
anything  outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from
the office, and no employees will admit any person (e.g. Tenant or otherwise) to
any  office  without  specific  instructions  from  the  office of the building.

Removal  Of  Persons
- --------------------

Landlord  reserves  the  right  to exclude or expel from the building any person
who,  in  the  judgment  of  Landlord, is intoxicated, or under the influence of
liquor  or  drugs,  or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of
the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  building.

Closing  Precautions
- --------------------

Tenant  shall  see  that  the  windows,  transoms, and doors of the Premises are
closed  and  securely locked before leaving the building and must observe strict
care  not  to  leave  windows  open  when  it  rains  and  Tenant shall exercise
extraordinary  care  and  caution  that all water faucets or water apparatus are
entirely  shut  off  before  Tenant or Tenant's employees leave the building and
that  all electricity, gas, or air shall likewise be carefully shut off when not
in  use.

Locking  of  Entrance  Doors
- ----------------------------

Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors
of  the  building during such hours as Landlord may deem to be advisable for the
adequate  protection  of  the  property; provided, however, that Tenant shall be
                                         --------  --------
provided  with keys to allow Tenant access twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven
(7)  days  per  week.

Entry  After  Closing
- ---------------------

All  Tenants, their employees, or other persons entering or leaving the building
at  any  time when it is so locked may be required to sign the building register
when  so  doing, and the watchman in charge may refuse to admit to the building,
while it is so locked, Tenant or any of Tenant's employees, or any other person,
without a pass previously arranged, or other satisfactory identification showing
his  right  or  access  to  the  building  at  such  time.  Landlord  assumes no
responsibility  and  shall not be liable for any damage resulting from any error
in  regard  to  any  such  pass  or identification, or from the admission of any
unauthorized  person  to  the  building.

Carpeting
- ---------

Carpeting  shall  be  protected  from  excessive wear caused by desks, chairs or
other  items  by  the  use  of  chair  mats  or  other  suitable  devices.


<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT "'C"
                                    Old Lease

                       THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

                                  OFFICE LEASE

THIS  LEASE  is  entered  into  between INGOMAR LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, hereinafter
referred  to  as  "Landlord",  and  Virtual
Source____________________________________________________hereinafter  referred
to  as  "Tenant".

                               ARTICLE 1. PREMISES

1.01  PREMISES.

Landlord  hereby  leases  to  Tenant,  and  Tenant  hereby  hires and takes from
Landlord,  for  the  term, at the rental and upon the conditions hereinafter set
forth,  those  certain  Premises,  hereinafter  referred  to  as the "Premises",
described  as  follows:

An  area  comprising  approximately  3374  square  feet  on  the third floor, as
outlined  in  red in Exhibit A attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, of
the  Ventura  Professional Center, located at 5720 Ralston Street, Suite 310 and
Suite  312,  Ventura, California. The Premises shall also include a nonexclusive
right of ingress and egress across the land on which the building is located and
through  the  stairs  and  common  hallways  of  the building and parking areas.
Premises shall include all fixtures and equipment to be installed by Landlord as
herein  provided.

1.02  QUIET  ENJOYMENT.

The  Landlord  covenants  and  agrees  that  the  Tenant  on paying the rent and
performing  the  covenants  contained herein shall and may peaceably and quietly
hold  and  enjoy  the  Premises  for  the  term  of  the  Lease.

1.03  SUBORDINATION.

This Lease shall be subordinate and subject at all times to any mortgage or deed
of trust covering the Premises or which at any time hereafter shall be made, and
to  all  advances  made,  or  hereafter  to  be  made, upon the security hereof.

1.04  PARKING.

The  tenant  shall  have the right to unlimited parking in common with others in
the  parking area adjoining the building in which the Premises are located until
such  time  that in the discretion of Landlord such use would dictate assignment
of  space.

                                 ARTICLE 2. USE

2.01  PERMITTED  USE.

The  Premises are to be used solely for office purposes and for no other purpose
without  the  written  consent  of  Landlord.

2.02  COMPLIANCE  WITH  REGULATIONS  OF  GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITIES.

Tenant  agrees  that  it  will  comply  with  all laws, statutes, rules, orders,
ordinances  and/or  regulations  issued,  or  in  force  (except those requiring
structural  alteration  not  caused  by  acts  of the Tenant), applicable to the
Premises,  or  the business or profession of Tenant, of the City, County, State,
and Federal governments, and of the California Board of Fire Underwriters and of
the  Board  of  Equalization  of  the  State  of  California.

2.03  COMPLIANCE  WITH  REGULATIONS  OF  INSURERS.

Tenant  agrees  at  Tenant's  sole  cost  and expense to comply with any and all
requirements  of any insurance organization or company so that reasonable public
liability  insurance  and fire insurance can be maintained covering the building
and  appurtenances.

2.04  PROHIBITED  USE.

Tenant  will  not,  without  the written consent of the Landlord, either use any
apparatus  or  device  in  connection  with  the  Premises which will in any way
increase  the amount of electricity, water, or climate control usually furnished
or  supplied  to the Premises, device for the purpose of using electric current,
water  or  climate  control.

2.05  ASSIGNMENT  AND  SUBLETTING.

Tenant  shall  not  assign, mortgage, or hypothecate this Lease, or any interest
therein,  or  permit the use of the Premises by any person or persons other than
that  Tenant  or  sublet  the Premises, or any part thereof, without the written
consent  of  Landlord.  Consent  to  any such assignment or subletting shall not
operate  as a waiver of the necessity for a consent to any subsequent assignment
or  subletting,  and  the terms of such consent shall be binding upon any person
holding  by,  under,  or  through  Tenant.  Landlord's  consent  will  not  be
unreasonably  withheld.

Any  assignment  or subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall, at
the  option  of  Landlord, terminate this Lease. This Lease shall not, nor shall
any  interest  therein be assignable, as to the interest of Tenant, by operation
of law, without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably
withhold  his  written  consent  to  the  assignment  by  the Tenant of Tenant's
interest  in the Lease, or the subletting of the Premises or any part thereof to
another  person or company of the Premises or any part thereof to another person
or  company  of  the  same profession or business as Tenant in good professional


<PAGE>
standing, provided always that such assignment or subletting shall not overcrowd
the  Premises  or  increase the expenses of Landlord and is not in conflict with
the better interests and welfare of the building. In the event that the Premises
are  leased  to more than one Tenant, this Lease shall automatically transfer to
the  survivor  or  survivors,  in  the  event  of  death  of  one  Tenant.

2.06  SIGNS.

In  order  that signs will be harmonious the installations of all signs, whether
exterior or interior shall be~ subject to the prior approval of Landlord and any
applicable  governmental  authority.

2.07  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS.

Tenant  agrees  to  observe  faithfully, and comply strictly with, the rules and
regulations,  attached to this Lease as Exhibit B and hereby made a part hereof,
and  such  other  rules  and  regulations,  promulgated from time to time by the
Landlord  which shall be reasonable, as in the Landlord's judgment are necessary
for the safety, care, and cleanliness of the building or for the preservation of
good order therein. The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant for violation
of  such  rules  and  regulations  by any other tenant, its servants, employees,
agents,  visitors,  or  licensees.

                                 ARTICLE 3. TERM

3.01  TERM.

The  term  of  this  Lease  shall  be  for a period of Twelve (12) full calendar
months,  plus  the  partial month, if any, immediately following commencement of
this  Lease  as  provided  below.

3.02  DELIVERY  OF  POSSESSION.

A.  LIABILITY  OF  PARTIES.

In  the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises
at  the time of the commencement of the term of this Lease, neither Landlord nor
its  agents  shall be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this Lease
thereby  become  void or voidable, nor shall the term herein specified be in any
way  extended,  but  in such event Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until
such  time  as  Landlord  can  deliver  possession.

B.  OCCUPANCY.

The Premises shall be considered ready for occupancy, and the term of this Lease
shall commence, seven (7) working days after the date that Landlord has notified
Tenant  in  writing that Landlord has substantially completed all of the work to
be  done  by  Landlord  pursuant  to  6.01.

3.03  SURRENDER  OF  PREMISES.

A.  ON  TERMINATION  OF  TENANCY.

Tenant agrees to surrender the Premises at the termination of the tenancy herein
created,  in  the  same  condition  as  herein  agreed  they have been received,
reasonable  use and wear thereof and damage by the act of God or by the elements
excepted.

3.04  HOLDING  OVER

If  Tenant holds possession of the Premises after the term of this Lease, Tenant
shall,  at  the  option  of  the  Landlord,  to be exercised by Landlord's given
written  notice to Tenant and not otherwise, become a Tenant from month to month
upon the terms and conditions herein specified at a monthly rental equal to that
paid  by Tenant for the last month of the term of this Lease, payable in advance
in  lawful  money,  and  shall continue to be such Tenant until thirty (30) days
after Tenant shall have given to Landlord or Landlord shall have given to Tenant
a written notice of intention to terminate such monthly tenancy. Unless Landlord
shall  exercise  the  option  hereby  given  him.  Tenant  shall  be a tenant at
sufferance only, whether or not Landlord shall accept any rent from Tenant while
Tenant  is  so  holding  over.

3.05     QUITCLAIM.

Upon  the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of this Lease, Tenant agrees to
deliver  a  quitclaim deed in favor of Landlord, if Landlord requests release of
its  interest  in  the  Premises.

3.06     OPERATING  EXPENSE  ADJUSTMENTS.

Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent,
Lessee's  Share,  as  hereinafter  defined, of the amount by which all Operating
Expenses, as hereinafter defined, for each Comparison Year exceeds the amount of
all Operating Expenses for the Base Year, such excess being hereinafter referred
to  as  the  "Operating  Expense  Increase",  in  accordance  with the following
provisions.

A. "Lessee's Share" is defined, for purposes of this Lease, as the percentage of
 .96  which  percentage  has  been  determined by dividing the approximate square
footage  of the Premises by the total approximate square footage of the rentable
space contained in the Office Building Project. It is understood and agreed that
the  square  footage  figures  are size of the Premises or a change in the space
available  for  lease  in  the  Office  Building  Project.

B.     "Base  Year"  is  defined  as  the  calendar year in which the Lease term
commences.


<PAGE>
C.  "Comparison  Year"  is defined as each calendar year during the term of this
Lease  subsequent  to  the  Base  Year;  provided, however, Lessee shall have no
obligation  to  pay  a share of the Operating Expense Increase applicable to the
first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (other than such as are mandated by a
governmental  authority,  as  to  which  governmental  authority,  as  to  which
government  mandated  expenses  Lessee shall pay Lessee's Share, notwithstanding
they occur during the first twelve (12) months). Lessee's Share of the Operating
Expenses Increase for the first and last Comparison Year of the Lease Term shall
be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Lessee
is  responsible  for  a  share  of  such  increase.

D.     "Operating  Expenses"  is  defined, for purposes of this Lease to include
all  costs,  if  any, incurred  by  Lessor  in  the  exercise  of its reasonable
discretion.

ARTICLE  4.  RENT

4.01  MINIMUM  MONTHLY  RENT.  SEE  ADENDUM

Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  as  minimum  monthly  rent, without deduction,
set-off,  prior  notice, or demand, the sum of $2,625.00 which sum is subject to
possible  adjustment  as  provided in paragraph 4.03 per month in advance on the
first  day  of  each month, commencing 10/15/97 or on the date when Tenant takes
possession of the Premises, whichever date is earlier, and continuing during the
term.
Minimum  monthly  rent for the first month or portion of it shall be paid on the
day
that  Tenant's  obligation  to  pay  minimum  monthly  rent  commences.  Minimum
monthly  rent  for  any partial month shall be prorated at the rate of 1/30th of
the
minimum  monthly  rent  per  day.

All  rent  shall be paid to Landlord at the address to which notices to Landlord
are given. Rent paid more than ten (10) days later shall be subject to a penalty
of  six  percent  (6%)  of  the  rent  due.

4.02  DEPOSITS.

As  a  guarantee  to  Landlord  of  the  faithful  performance  of the terms and
conditions  herein  contained,  provided  that  upon  fulfillment  of  all  said
conditions  the  deposit  shall  be returned to Tenant at the end of the term of
this  Lease.

4.03  PERIODIC  COST  OF  LIVING  ADJUSTMENT.

The  minimum  monthly  rent  provided  for at paragraph 4.01 shall be subject to
adjustment  at  the  commencement  of  the second year of the term and each year
thereafter  ("the  adjustment  date")  as  follows:

The  base for computing the adjustment is the Consumer Price Index of the Bureau
of  Labor  Statistics  of the U.S Department of Labor, Los Angeles - Long Beach,
All  Items  -  Series  A  (1967  =  100),  1978 Revision, Urban Wage Earners and
Clerical  Workers,  which  is  published  for  the month nearest the date of the
commencement of the term ("Beginning Index"). If the Index published nearest the
adjustment  date ("Extension Index") has increased over the Beginning Index, the
minimum  monthly rent for the following year increased over the Beginning Index,
the minimum monthly rent for the following year (until the next rent adjustment)
shall be set by multiplying the minimum monthly rent set forth in Paragraph 4.01
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Extension Index and the denominator
of  which  is  the Beginning Index. In no case shall the minimum monthly rent be
less than the minimum monthly rent set forth in Paragraph 4.01. On adjustment of
the  minimum  monthly  rent  as  provided  in  this  Lease,  the  parties  shall
immediately  execute  an  amendment of the Lease stating the new minimum monthly
rent.

If  the  Index is changed so that the base year differs from that used as of the
date  immediately  preceding  the  month  in which the term commences, the Index
shall  be  converted  in  accordance with the conversion factor published by the
United  States  Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. If the Index is
discontinued  or  revised  during  the  term,  such  other  government  index or
computation  with  which  it  is  replaced  shall  be  used  in  order to obtain
substantially  the  same  result  as would be obtained if the Index had not been
discontinued  or  revised.

                         ARTICLE 5. TAXES AND UTILITIES

5.01  TAXES.

Landlord  shall  pay all taxes and assessments levied upon the property of which
the  Premises represent a part of the total area. Tenant shall pay all taxes and
assessments  levied  against  any  personal  property,  trade fixtures, or other
improvements,  on  the  Premises  belonging  to  Tenant.

5.02  UTILITIES.

Landlord  agrees to furnish the Premises during reasonable hours, subject to the
regulations of the building wherein the Premises are situated, with a reasonable
amount  of  water and electricity suitable for the intended use of the Premises,
such  heat  as  may  be required for the comfortable occupation of the Premises,
janitor  service,  and  elevator  service,  which  shall  mean service either by
non-attended  automatic  elevators or elevators with attendants at the option of
the  Landlord,  provided  Tenant is not in default hereunder. Landlord, however,
shall  not  be  liable  for  failure  to  furnish any of the foregoing when such
failure  is caused by accidents or conditions beyond the control of Landlord, or
by  repairs,  labor  disturbances  or  labor disputes, of any character, whether
resulting from or caused by acts of Landlord or otherwise; nor shall Landlord be
liable  under  any  circumstances  for  loss  of  or injury to property, however
occurring,  through or in connection with or incidental to the furnishing of any
of the foregoing, nor shall any such failure relieve the Tenant from the duty to
pay  the full amount of rent herein reserved, or constitute or be construed as a
constructive  or  other  eviction of Tenant. This building is leased on a normal
business  hours  basis  defined  as 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Hours not within this
time  frame  are  not  normal  business  hours.


<PAGE>
ARTICLE  6.  IMPROVEMENTS  AND  REPAIRS

6.01  FITTING  UP.

Prior  to  the  commencement  of the term, Landlord shall clean carpet, replaces
ceiling  tiles  as  necessary, and paint Suite 310 at its sole cost and expense.

6.02  REPAIRS.

Tenant  has  examined  and inspected and knows the condition of the Premises and
every  part  thereof  and  has  received  the  same in good order and repair and
accepts  the same in their present condition. Tenant shall take good care of the
Premises  and they shall not be altered, repaired or changed without the written
consent  of  Landlord.  Unless  otherwise  provided  by  written  agreement, all
alterations, improvements, and changes that may be required shall be done either
by  or  under  the direction of Landlord, but at the cost of Tenant and shall be
the  property  of  Landlord,  and  shall remain upon and be surrendered with the
Premises,  excepting  however  that,  at Landlord's option, Tenant shall, at his
expense,  when  surrendering  the  Premises,  remove  from  the Premises and the
building  all partitions, counters, railings, etc., installed in the Premises by
or  at the cost of Tenant. All damages or injury done to the Premises by Tenant,
or  by  any person who may be in or upon the Premises with the consent of Tenant
shall  be  paid  for  by  the  Tenant.

6.03  MECHANIC'S  LIENS.

The  Tenant  shall not suffer or permit any mechanic's or materialman's liens to
be  filed against the fee of the real property of which the Premises form a part
not against the Tenant's leasehold interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have
the  right  at  all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any
notices  which  it  deems  necessary for protection from such liens. If any such
liens are so filed, Landlord, at its election, may pay and satisfy the same and,
in  such  event,  the sums so paid-by the Landlord, with interest at the rate of
ten  percent  (10%)  per  annum  from  the date of payment shall be deemed to be
additional  rent due and payable by the Tenant at once without notice or demand.

ARTICLE  7.  DESTRUCTION  AND  CONDEMNATION

7.01  DESTRUCTION  OF  PREMISES  BY  NON-INSURED  CAUSES.

Should  the  building in which the Premises are located be substantially damaged
or  destroyed  by  any  cause which is not covered by insurance, such.as but not
limited  to  earthquake,  war,  riot,  and insurrection, Landlord may by written
notice  given  within  ninety (90) days from the happening of such event, cancel
its  Lease  without  obligation other than to refund any rent paid by Tenant but
not  used.  The  term " substantially" as used herein shall be taken to mean any
damage,  the  repair  of  which  will  cost  in excess of the sum of twenty-five
percent  (25%)  of  the  original  construction  cost  of  the  building.

7.02  DESTRUCTION  OF  PREMISES  BY  FIRE.

Should  the  building in which the Premises are located be substantially damaged
or  destroyed  by  fire  or  other  insured cause, this Lease may be canceled as
mutually  agreed  upon.

The  term  "substantially"  as used herein shall be taken to mean any damage the
repair  of  which  will  cost in excess of the sum of fifty percent (50%) of the
original  construction cost. The Landlord's notice of cancellation must be given
to  Tenant  within  ninety (90) days from the date of the fire, or other insured
cause. If no notice of cancellation is given by Landlord, the lease shall remain
in full force and effect as written, and Landlord agrees to use due diligence to
rebuild the Premises to a similar condition as existed prior to the fire. If the
Premises  are rendered wholly untenantable during the period of repair, the rent
shall  be abated until the Premises are ready for occupancy. If the Premises are
rendered  partially untenantable, the rent shall be apportioned according to the
space that is still usable by the Tenant during the course of reconstruction. If
the  Landlord should elect to cancel the Lease under this cause, it shall refund
any  unearned  rent  as  of  the  date  of  the  destruction.
See  Addendum.

7.03  CONDEMNATION.

If  the  whole  or  any  part  of the Premises shall be taken or condemned by an
competent  authority  under power of eminent domain for a public or quasi-public
use  or purpose, then, at Landlord's option to be exercised by written notice to
be  given  by  Landlord  to Tenant, the term hereby granted shall cease from the
time  when  possession of the part so taken shall be required for such public or
quasi-public  use  or purpose, and without an apportionment of the award, Tenant
hereby assigning to Landlord all right and claim to the award. The current rent,
however,  in  such  case  shall  be  apportioned.

                              ARTICLE 8. INDEMNITY

8.01  NO  LIABILITY  OF  LANDLORD.

Landlord  shall  not be liable to Tenant for an injury or damage that may result
to  any person or property by or from any cause whatsoever, and without limiting
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  whether  caused  by  water  leakage or any
character  from  the room, walls, basement, or other portion of the Premises, or
caused  by  gas, fire, oil, electricity, or any cause whatsoever, in on or about
the  Premises  or  any  part  thereof.

8.02     INDEMNIFICATION  OF  LANDLORD.

Tenant  and  Landlord agrees to hold each other harmless from and defend against
any  and  all  claims  or  liability  for  any injury or damage to any person or
property  whatsoever,  (1)  occurring  in,  on or about the Premises or any part
thereof;  and  (2)  occurring in, on or about any facilities (including, without
prejudice  to  the  generality  of  the term "facilities," elevators, stairways,


<PAGE>
passageways,  or  hallways) the use of which Tenant may have in conjunction with
other  tenants  of  the  building, when such injury or damage shall be caused in
part  of  in  whole  by the act, negligence or fault of, or omission of any duty
with  respect  to  the  same  by  Tenant,  his  agents,  servants, or employees.

8.03     LIABILITY  INSURANCE  PROVIDED  BY  TENANT.

Liability  Insurance  in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) is to
be  provided  by  Tenant.  Landlord  should  be  named as additional insured and
certificate  of  the  policy  should  be  delivered  to  the  Landlord.

                               ARTICLE 9. DEFAULT

9.01     ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  DEFAULT.

Any  and  all of the following actions shall constitute a default of this Lease:

A.     Use  of  the  Premises  for  any purpose other than as authorized in this
Lease;  or

B.     Other  sums  owing  when  due;  or

C.     Abandonment  or  vacation  of  Tenant  from  the  Premises;  or

D.  Assignment  of  the  Premises by Tenant, either voluntary or by operation of
law,  whether  by  judgment,  executions, death, or any other means, without the
consent  of  Landlord;  or

E.  The  filing  by  Tenant  or  any  other person of a voluntary or involuntary
petition  in bankruptcy or an arrangement by or against Tenant; the adjudication
of Tenant as a bankrupt or insolvent; the appointment of a receiver appointed at
the  instance  or  request  of  Landlord; the general or any other assignment by
Tenant  for  the  benefit  of  this  creditors;  or

F.     A  default  in  the  performance  of  any  of  the  terms, covenants, and
conditions
herein  contained;  or

G.     The  inability  of  Tenant  to  perform  any  of the terms, covenants, or
conditions
herein  by  him  to  be  kept  or  performed.  See  Addendum

9.02     REMEDIES  UPON  DEFAULT.

In the event of a default of this Lease, and in addition to all other rights and
remedies  Landlord  may have at law, Landlord shall have the option to do any or
all  of  the  following:

A.  REENTRY.

Immediately  reenter  and  remove  all  persons  and property from the Premises,
storing  said  personal  property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost
of,  and  for  the  account  of, the Tenant. In such instance, the Lease will be
terminated,  and  Landlord  will  be  entitled  otherwise to recover all damages
allowable  under  the  law  or  this  Lease.

B.  COLLECTION  OF  RENT.

As it becomes due hereunder, or to enforce, by suit or otherwise, any other term
or  provision hereof on the part Tenant required to be kept or perform, it being
specifically  agreed  that  all  unpaid  sums shall bear interest at the highest
legal  rate  from  the  due  date  thereof  until  paid.

C.  TERMINATION  OF  LEASE.

Terminate  this  Lease,  in  which  even  Tenant agrees to immediately surrender
possession  of  the  Premises,  and to pay to Landlord, in addition to any other
remedy  Landlord  may  have,  all  damages  Landlord  may incur by reason of his
default,  including  the  cost  of  recovering  the  Premises.

D.  MEASURE  OF  DAMAGES.

The  damages  Landlord may recover include the worth at the time of award of the
amount  by  which  the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of
award  exceeds  the  amount of such rental loss from the same period that Tenant
proves  could  be  reasonably  avoided.

9.05  WAIVER  OF  BREACH.

Landlord's failure to take advantage of any default or breach of covenant on the
part  of Tenant shall not be, or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
custom  or  practice  which  may  grow  up  between the parties in the course of
administrating  this  instrument be construed to waive or to lessen the right of
Landlord  to  insist  upon  the  performance by Tenant of any term, covenant, or
condition  hereof,  or  to  exercise any rights given him on account of any such
default.  A waiver of a particular breach, or default, shall not be deemed to be
a  waiver  of the same or any other subsequent breach or default. The acceptance
of  rent  hereunder  shall  not be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any term,
covenant,  or  condition  of  this  Lease.

9.06  DEMAND  FOR  RENT.

In  the  event  that  Tenant  shall  be  in  default in the payment of any rents
provided  for  in this Lease, Tenant waives the making by Landlord of any demand
for  rent  prior  to  the  commencement  of any action in ejectment or to obtain
possession  of  the  Premises.


<PAGE>
9.07  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.

The  foregoing  remedies  of  Landlord  shall  not  be  exclusive,  but shall be
cumulative  and  in  addition to all remedies now or hereafter allowed by law or
elsewhere  provided.

9.08  LANDLORD  CURING  DEFAULT.

Upon  five  (5)  days  prior written notice to the Tenant by the Landlord, it is
agreed  that  the  Landlord may cure any default by the Tenant hereunder and, if
necessary,  may  enter upon the Premises for such purpose, and in such event the
cost  thereof to Landlord shall be deemed additional rent payable by the Tenant,
which  shall  become  immediately due and payable. Furthermore, Landlord has the
right  to  act  immediately  if  Landlord  believes  it  necessary.

                       ARTICLE 10. INSPECTION AND NOTICES

10.  1  INSPECTION.

Tenant  will  permit  Landlord  with  reasonable  notice  provided  it is not an
emergency  and  its agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable
times  for  the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of protecting
owners reversions, or to make alterations or additions to the Premises or to any
other  portion  of  the  building  in  which  the  Premises are situated, or for
maintaining  any  service  provided  by  Landlord to Tenant hereunder, including
window  cleaning  and  janitor service, without any rebate of rent to Tenant for
any  loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or damage, injury, or
inconvenience  thereby  occasioned,  and will permit Landlord at any time within
thirty  (30)  days  prior  to  the  expiration  of  this Lease to bring upon the
Premises  for  purposed  of  inspection  of display, prospective tenants hereof.

10.2  NOTICES.

Any notice, demand or communication under, or in connection with, this lease may
be  served  upon  Landlord  by  personal  service,  or  by  mailing  the same by
registered mail, and/or certified mail in the United States Post Office, postage
prepaid,  and  return  receipt  requested,  and  directed  to  Landlord  at:

CDE  Property  Management
(dba  Ventura  Professional  Center)
302  N.  Lantana  Street,  Suite  41
Camarillo,  CA  93010,  -  -  and  may  likewise be served on Tenant by personal
service  or  by  so  mailing  the  same  addressed  to  Tenant  at:
5720  Ralston  Suite  312
- -------------------------
Ventura  Ca.  93003
- -------------------

or  the Premises. Either Landlord or Tenant may change such address by notifying
the  other  party  in  writing  as to such new address as Tenant or Landlord may
desire  used  and  which  address  shall  continue  as the address until further
written  notice.

                         ARTICLE 11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.01  COVENANTS.

It is mutually agreed that the letting hereunder is made upon and subject to the
terms,  covenants,  and  conditions of this Lease and that Tenant covenants as a
material  part of the consideration for this Lease, to keep and perform each and
all  of  said  terms, covenants, and conditions by him be kept or performed, and
that  this  Lease  is  made  upon  the  condition  of  such  performance.

11.02  PROVISIONS  DEEMED  COVENANTS  AND  CONDITIONS.

The  parties  hereto agree that all the provisions hereof are to be construed as
covenants  and  conditions  as  through  the  words importing such covenants and
conditions  were  used  in  each  instance and that all of the provisions hereof
shall  bind and inure to the benefits of the parties hereto and their respective
heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors,  and  assigns.

11.03  TIME  OF  ESSENCE.

Time  is  of  the  essence  in  the performance of each provision of this Lease.

11.04  CUMULATIVE  REMEDIES.

The specified remedies to which Landlord or Tenant may resort under the terms of
this Lease are cumulative and not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies
afforded  by  Law.  The  waiver  of  the  performance  or any covenant, term, or
condition of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant shall not be construed as a waiver
of  any  subsequent  breach  of  the  same  covenant,  term,  or  condition.

11.05  ATTORNEY'S  FEES.

Should  either  part  hereto institute any legal action to enforce any provision
hereof,  the  prevailing  party in such action shall be entitled to receive from
the  losing  party  such  amount  as  the  court  may  adjudge  to be reasonable
attorney's  fees.

11.06  INTEREST  ON  MONEY  DUE.

Any  sum accruing to Landlord or Tenant under the provisions of this Lease which
shall not be paid when due shall be interest at the rate of 18% per annum, or at
the  maximum  rate  permitted  by  law, from the date the original same was due.


<PAGE>
11.07  INVALIDITY.

If  any term, covenant, condition, or provision of this Lease is held by a court
of  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or enforceable, the remainder of
the  provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way
be  affected,  impaired,  or  invalidated  thereby.

11.08  AGENCY.

Nothing  contained  in  this  Lease  shall be deemed or construed by the parties
hereto  or  by an third person or create the relationship of principal and agent
or  of  partnership  or  of joint venture or of any other association other than
Landlord  and  Tenant.

11.09  EXTENSIONS.

All  references  to  the term of this Lease shall include any extensions of such
term.

11.10  CAPTIONS.

The  captions of articles of this Lease are for reference only and are not to be
construed  in  any  way  as  a  part  of  this  Lease.

11.11  BINDING  EFFECT;  COUNTERPARTS.

This  Lease  shall  not  be binding and in effect until a counterpart hereof has
been  executed  and  delivered  by  the  parties  each  to  the  other.

11.12  EXECUTION.

The  parties  have  executed  this Lease at the place and on the dates specified
immediately  above  their  respective  signatures.

TENANT:

BY:     /s/  Robert  C.  McShirley
        ROBERT  C.  MCSHIRLEY

LANDLORD

BY:     /s/  Fred  S.  Griffith
        FRED  S.  GRIFFITH


<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "B"

                               RULES & REGULATIONS
                               -------------------

                                    DIRECTORY
                                    ---------

The  bulletin board or directory will be provided exclusively for the display of
the name and location of Tenant only; and Landlord reserves the right to exclude
any other names therefrom, and also to charge Tenant for each and every name, in
addition  to  the  name  of  Tenant,  placed  by  it upon such bulletin board of
directory.

Landlord, at its expense, shall provide an identification sign for the Tenant to
be  placed in the lobby of the first floor and an additional identification sign
in  the  lobby  of  the  floor  on  which the Premises are located. Tenant shall
purchase  a matching sign to be used to identify the Premises, the cost of which
is  estimated  to  be  $30.00
                        -----

                                 LOCKS AND KEYS
                                 --------------

No  additional  locks shall be placed upon any doors of the Premises, and Tenant
agrees  not  to have any duplicate keys made without the consent of Landlord. If
more  than  2keys  for any door lock are desired, the additional number shall be
            -
paid  for  by  Tenant. Upon termination of this Lease Tenant shall surrender all
keys.

                                     WIRING
                                     ------

When  wiring  of  any  kind  is  introduced  it must be connected as directed by
Landlord,  and  no  boring  or cutting for wires will be allowed except with the
mutual  agreement.  The  location  of  telephones,  call boxes, and other office
equipment  affixed  to  the  Premises  shall  be prescribed by mutual agreement.

                                    PLUMBING
                                    --------

The  washbowls,  water  closets,  and  urinals shall not be used for any purpose
other  than  those  for  which  they  were  constructed.

                               HALLS AND STAIRWAYS
                               -------------------

The  entries,  passages,  stairways,  and  elevators  shall not be obstructed by
Tenant,  or  used for any other purpose than ingress or egress to and from their
respective  offices.  Tenant  shall  not  bring into or keep within building any
animal  or  vehicle.

                                OBSTRUCTING LIGHT
                                -----------------

Tenant  shall  not  allow anything to be placed against or near the glass in the
partitions  or  in the doors between the Premises and in the halls or corridors.
The  doors  between  the Premises and the corridors of the building shall at all
times,  except  when  in  actual  use  for  ingress  or  egress, be kept closed.

                                MOVING FURNITURE
                                ----------------

No furniture, freight, or equipment of any kind shall be brought into or removed
from  the  building without the consent of Landlord or Landlord's agent; and all
moving of same, into or out of building, by Tenants, shall be done at such times
and in such manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to
prescribe  the  weight, size, and position of all safes and other heavy property
brought  into  the building, and also the times and manner of moving the loss or
damage  to  any such safe or property from any cause; but all damage done to the
building by moving or maintaining any such safe or property shall be repaired at
the  expense  of  Tenant.

                                 JANITOR SERVICE
                                 ---------------

Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord
for  the  purpose  of  cleaning  the Premises, unless otherwise agreed. Landlord
shall  be  in  no way responsible for any loss of or damage to Property from the
Premises,  however  occurring.

                           VIOLATIONS BY OTHER TENANT
                           --------------------------

Landlord is not responsible to any Tenant for the nonobservance or violations of
the  rules  and  regulations  by  any  other  Tenant.

                              ROOMS USED IN COMMON
                              --------------------

Rooms  used  in  common  by  Tenants shall be subject to such regulations as are
posted  therein.

                         LANDLORD'S OFFICE AND EMPLOYEES
                         -------------------------------

The  requirements  of  Tenant  will  be attended to only upon application at the
office  of  the building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do
anything  outside  of heir regular duties unless under special instructions from
the office, and no employees will admit any person (e.g. Tenant or otherwise) to
any  office  without  specific  instructions  from  the  office  of the building


REMOVAL  OF  PERSONS
- --------------------

Landlord  reserves  the  right  to exclude or expel from the building any person
who,  in  the  judgment  of  Landlord, is intoxicated, or under the influence of
liquor  or  drugs,  or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of
the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  building.


<PAGE>
CLOSING  PRECAUTIONS
- --------------------

Tenant  shall  see  that  the  windows,  transoms, and doors of the Premises are
closed  and  securely locked before leaving the building and must observe strict
care  not  to  leave  windows  open  when  it  rains  and  Tenant shall exercise
extraordinary  care  and  caution  that all water faucets or water apparatus are
entirely  shut  off  before  Tenant or Tenant's employees leave the building and
that all electricity, gas, or air shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to
prevent  waste  or  damage and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make
good  all  injuries  sustained  by other Tenants or occupants of the building or
Landlord.

LOCKING  OF  ENTRANCE  DOORS
- ----------------------------

Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors
of  the  building during such hours as Landlord may deem to be advisable for the
adequate  protection  of  the  property.

ENTRY  AFTER  CLOSING
- ---------------------

All  Tenants, their employees, or other persons entering or leaving the building
at  any  time when it is so locked may be required to sign the building register
when  so  doing, and the watchman in charge may refuse to admit to the building,
while it is so locked, Tenant or any of Tenant's employees, or any other person,
without a pass previously arranged, or other satisfactory identification showing
his  right  or  access  to  the  building  at  such  time.  Landlord  assumes no
responsibility  and  shall not be liable for any damage resulting from any error
in  regard  to  any  such  pass or identification, or from -the admission of any
unauthorized  person  to  the  building.

CARPETING
- ---------

Carpeting  shall  be  protected  from  excessive wear caused by desks, chairs or
other  items  by  the  use  of  chair  mats  or  other  suitable  devices.

                   Addendum to Lease dated September 15, 1997
     By and between Ingomar Limited Partnership (Landlord) and Virtual Source
                                    (Tenant).

4.01  MINIMUM  MONTHLY  RENT:  MODIFICATION.

     Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  upon  execution  of  lease  the amount of
$31,500.00  which is prepaid rent for the lease term of 9/23/97 through 9/22/98.

7.02  DESTRUCTION  OF  PREMISES  BY  FIRE:  MODIFICATION.

Should  the  building in which the Premises are located is substantially damaged
or  destroyed  by  fire or other insurance cause and lease is canceled on tenant
can  only  occupy  half the space the tenants advance rent shall be prorated and
return  to  the  tenant.

9.01  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  DEFAULT:  MODIFICATION.

Landlord shall provide a written 15 business day advance notice to tenant before
any  circumstance  or  event  can  become  a  default  as  defined.

12.  OPTION  TO  EXTEND:

Tenant  shall  have  option  to  extend lease for additional one year under same
terms and conditions except advance rent shall be $32,500.00 Tenant shall notify
Landlord  in  writing  at  least  90  days  before  lease  ends.


_____________________________________      _____________________________________
Landlord                                   Tenant


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10.3
                                      LEASE
                          RAZORE LAND COMPANY, LANDLORD
             INTERACTIVE BUYERS NETWORK INTERNATIONAL, LTD., TENANT

                             DATED October 11, 1999


                                      LEASE

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1      BASIC  LEASE  TERMS
2.     PREMISES
3.     TERM
          3.1     Commerce
          3.2     Expire
4.     TENANT  IMPROVEMENTS;  EARLY  POSSESSION,  DELAYED DELIVERY OF POSSESSION
          4.1     Tenant  Improvements
          4.2     Early  Occupancy
          4.3     Landlord  Delay
          4.4     Tenant  Delay
5.     RENT
          5.1     Rent
          5.2     Manner  of  Payment
          5.3     Rent  Commencement  PREPAID  RENT  AND  SECURITY  DEPOSIT
6.     PREPAID  RENT  AND  SECURITY  DEPOSIT
          6.1     Deposit
          6.2     Use  of  Deposit  to  Cure
          6.3     Return  of  Security  Deposit
          6.4     Treatment  as  Security  Deposit
          6.5     Landlord's  Obligation  Regarding  Deposit
7.     USE  OF  PREMISES
          7.1     Use
          7.2     Prohibited  Uses
          7.3     No  Nuisance
          7.4     Telecommunications  Providers
8.     ADDITIONAL  RENT  FOR  OPERATING  EXPENSES
          8.1     Tenant  Payment
          8.2     Tenant's  Share
          8.3     Definitions
          8.4     Determination  of  Operating  Expenses
          8.5     Reconciliation
          8.6     Upon  Lease  Termination
          8.7     Landlord  Rights
9.     MAINTENANCE  AND  REPAIR  RESPONSIBILITY
          9.1     Maintenance  Obligations
          9.2     No  Obligation  For  Alteration
          9.3     Tenant  Waiver
10.     COMMON  AREAS
          10.1     Use  of  Common  Areas
          10.2     Definition  of  Common  Areas
11.     UTILITIES  AND  SERVICES
          11.1     Furnishing  of  Utilities  and  Services
          11.2     Additional  Services
          11.3     After  Hours
          11.4     Separate  Meters
          11.5     Failure
12.     LIMITS  ON  LANDLORD'S  LIABILITY
          12.1     Circumstances  Beyond  Control
          12.2     Unreasonable  Period  of  Failure
          12.3     Tenant  Caused
          12.4     No  Abatement  of  Rent
          12.5     No  Interference
13.     ALTERATIONS  AND  ADDITIONS  BY  TENANT;  LIENS  AND  INSOLVENCY
          13.1     Alterations  and  Additions  by  Tenant
          13.2     Liens  and  Insolvency  .
14.     INSURANCE;  INDEMNITY
          14.1     Tenant  Waiver
          14.2     Indemnity
          14.3     Landlord's  Responsibility
          14.4     Tenant's  insurance
          14.5     Policies
          14.6     Landlord's  Insurance
          14.7     Proceeds
          14.8     Waiver  of  Subrogation
          14.9     Notification  of  Accidents
15.     DESTRUCTION
          15.1     Election  to  Restore
          15.2     Rent  Abatement
          15.3     Repairs  to  Tenant  Installations
          15.4     No  Compensation
16.     CONDEMNATION
          16.1     Termination  of  Lease
          16.2     Election  of  Termination
          16.3     Reduction  of  Rent
          16.4     Award
          16.5     Landlord  Authority
17.     ASSIGNMENT  AND  SUBLETTING
          17.1     Landlord  Consent  Required
          17.2     Deemed  Assignment
          17.3     Recapture
          17.4     Additional  Requirements
          17.5     Assignment  with  Bankruptcy
          17.6     Sale
          17.7     Binding
18.     DEFAULT
          18.1     Definition  of  Default
          18.2     Tenant  Notification
          18.3     Landlord  Default
          18.4     Rental  Concession
19.     REMEDIES  IN  DEFAULT
          19.1     Landlord  Remedies
          19.2     Tenant  Payment  of  Costs
          19.3     Termination
          19.4     No  Termination
          19.5     Landlord  Election  to  Make  Tenant  Advances
20.     ACCESS
21.     SURRENDER  OF  PREMISES;  HOLD-OVER  TENANCY
          21.1     Surrender  of  Premises
          21.2     Hold-Over  Tenancy
22.     COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAW
23.     RULES  AND  REGULATIONS
24.     PARKING
24.     ESTOPPEL  CERTIFICATES
26.     SUBORDINATION
27.     REMOVAL  OF  PROPERTY
28.     PERSONAL  PROPERTY  TAXES
29.     NOTICES
30.     CONDITION  OF  PREMISES
31.     HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES
          31.1     Tenant  Obligations
          31.2     Tenant  Indemnity
          31.3     Landlord  Inspection
          31.4     Survival
32.     SIGNS
33.     GENERAL  PROVISIONS
          33.1     Attorneys'  Fees
          33.2     Governing  Law;  Venue
          33.3     Cumulative  Remedies
          33.4     Exhibits;  Addenda
          33.5     Interpretation
          33.6     Joint  Obligation
          33.7     Keys
          33.8     Late  Charges;  Interest
          33.9     Light,  Air,  and  View
          33.10     Measurements
          33.11     Name
          33.12     Prior  Agreements,  Amendments
          33.13     Recordation
          33.14     Liability
          33.15     Severability
          33.16     Time
          33.17     Waiver
          33.18     No  Waste
          33.19     Force  Majeure
          33.20     Quiet  Enjoyment
          33.21     Building  Planning

34.  AUTHORITY  OF  TENANT
     34.1     Tenant  as  Corporation
     34.2     Tenant  as  Partnership  or  LLC
35.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS
36.  COMMISSIONS

Exhibits  to  this  Lease:
Exhibit  A-1     Premises
Exhibit  A-2     Legal  Description  of  Property


<PAGE>
                                      LEASE

LEASE,  dated  SEPTEMBER  28,  1999,  between  RAZORE LAND COMPANY, a Washington
corporation  ("Landlord"), and INTERACTIVE BUYERS NETWORK INTERNATIONAL, LTD., a
Nevada  Corporation

("Tenant").

1.     Basic  Lease  Terms,This  Section  sets forth certain basic terms of this
       --------------------
Lease for reference purposes. This Section is to be read in conjunction with the
other  provisions  of  this  Lease;  provided,

however.  to  the extent of any inconsistency between this Section and the other
provisions  of  this  Lease,  this  Section  shall  control.

Leased  Premises  (See  #2)

               Operating  Expenses  (See  #8)

Business Park   QUADRANT PARKSIDE CENTER   Tenant's Share   6.61  % of property
                                           Initial  Additonal  Rent
Building Name   Building Three 13)                              $2,400.83/Month
Address         18939 - 120t" Avenue NE    Parking  (See  #24)
                Suite  111                 2.8/1000  unreserved  parking  spaces
                Bothell,  WA  98011
                Brokers  (see  #36)

Rentable  SQ. Ft. approximately 6,700 rsf   For Tenant
                                                   Windermere Real Estate,  Inc.
Final  square  footage  measurements shall be made
                                          For Landlord   Colliers  International
In  accordance  with  BOMA  standards.

Rent;  Prepaid  Sent;  Security  Deposit     Addresses  for  Notices  (See  #29)

(See  #5  and  #6)
                                          Landlord;

Elase Monthly Rent                        Razore,  Land  Company
Month  1  -  12       $8,375.00/Month
Months  13  -  24     $8,654.17/Month     C/o  Quadrant/KMS  Management Services
Months  25  -  36     $8,933.33/Month     728  134th  Street  SW,  Suite  209
                                          Everett,  WA  98204
Prepaid  Rent         $8,375.00,          First Month Rent  Tel:    425-741-2828
                                          Fax:     425-741-3838
Security  Deposit     $53,599.98          Attn:     Alicia  A.  Shaw
(See  1A.1)

                                          Tenant:

Term  (See  1A.2  and  #3)         Interactive Buyers Network International, LTD
                                   18939  -  120th  Avenue  NE.  Suite  111
Commencement  Date                 November  1,  1999   Bothell,  WA  98011

Rent  Commencement  Date           November  1,  1999   Attn: Dennis McQuilliams
Expiraflon Date  October 31, 2002  Tel:
Length  of Term  Three (3) years   Fax:

Permitted  Use
General  office  use.


<PAGE>
EXHIBIT  I

1A.     Special  Lease  Terms.     The  following  additional  lease terms shall
apply.  To the extent of any inconsistency between this Section 1A and the other
provisions  of  the  Lease,  this  Section  1A  shall  control.

1A.1     Security  Deposit.     Tenant  shall  provide  Landlord with a security
deposit  equal  to  the last six (6) months rent due upon execution of the Lease
document.  The security deposit shall be in the form of a Certificate of Deposit
in  the  amount  of  $44,666.65 and cash deposit in the amount of $8,933.33. The
Certificate  of  Deposit  shall  in  the name of the Tenant and shall be kept in
trust  by  the Tenants bank. The Tenants bank shall provide an assignment to the
Landlord  that  will allow and comply with the Security Deposit sections of this
Lease.  The  Tenant  shall  submit the Certificate of Deposit assignment and the
cash  deposit  upon execution of the Lease. The Landlord shall release any claim
to  the Certificate of Deposit to the Tenants bank upon expiration of the Lease,
subject  to  the  terms  of  the  Lease  as  respects  the  Security  Deposit.

1A.3     Commencement  Date.     The  Lease  Commencement  Date  and  Rent
Commencement date shall be subject to Section 1, and shall not be dependent upon
completion  of scheduled tenant improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall have the
right  to  access  the  premises  approximately  fourteen (14) days prior to the
scheduled commencement date for the purpose of installation of cabling and other
pre-occupancy  and  related  items,  including use of the premises for materials
storage  and  trade  show  preparations.  This  prior  access  shall  not  imply
commencement  of  the  Lease  and/or  Rent  as set forth in the Lease Agreement.

1A.3     Condition  of  Premises.     Landlord shall repair all items identified
and  agree  to  by  the  Landlord's  agent  as specified during a pre-possession
inspection  by  the  Tenant  and  Landlords  agent.

1A.4     Landlord shall not allow access to the Premises by other parties unless
accompanied by and agent of the Landlord except during the construction process.
This  provision  shall  remain  in effect until the demising wall separating the
Tenants  area  from  the  rest  of  the  building  is  completed.

1A.7     Section  7.1  shall  be amended to allow Tenant to terminate the lease,
without recourse by Landlord, if a Zoning law, existing or as changed, prohibits
Tenant  from  conduction  its  existing  business  at  the  Premises.

2.     Premises.     Landlord  agrees  to  lease  to Tenant and Tenant agrees to
lease  from  Landlord  the  Premises  described on Exhibit A-1 and consisting of
approximately  the  square feet designated in Section 1. The Premises are a part
of  the  Building,  located  on  the  real  property  described  on  Exhibit A-2
("Property").

3.     Term

3.1     Commence.     The  term  of  this  Lease  ("Term") shall commence on the
Commencement  Date  set  forth  in  Section  1,  subject  to  Section  4.

3.2     Expire.     The  Term  shall  expire on the Expiration Date set forth in
Section  1,  unless  sooner  terminated  or  extended as provided in this Lease.

4.     Tenant  Improvements;  Early  Possession;  Delayed  Delivery of Possesion

4.1     Tenant  Improvements.     Landlord  shall  provide  a  new demising wall
separating  the  balance of the space. Demising wall shall be installed promptly
upon  receipt  of  the  building  permit,  which is deemed to occur after Tenant
occupancy.  Landlord  shall  also  deliver  the  premises  in good condition and
repair.  Please  see  Exhibit  A-1  for  a  detailed  space  plan.

4.2     Early  Occupancy.     If  Landlord permits Tenant to occupy the Premises
prior to the Commencement Date set forth in Section 1, the Commencement Date and
Rent Commencement Date shall be such date of occupancy. Tenant's occupancy prior
to  the  originally  scheduled  Commencement  Date  shall  be subject to all the
provisions  of  this  Lease  and  shall  not  advance  the  Expiration  Date.

4.3     Intentionally  Omitted.

4.4     Tenant Delay.     If Tenant causes any delay in Landlord's completion of
the  Premises,  thereby  delaying  Tenant's occupancy of the Premises beyond the
Commencement  Date  set  forth  in  Section  1,  then Landlord may at its option
require  Tenant  to  commence  payment of Rent on the Rent Commencement Date set
forth  in  Section  1  notwithstanding  such  delay  in  delivery of possession.

5.     Rent.

5.1     Rent.     Tenant  shall  pay to Landlord the Base Monthly Rent specified
in Section I  and the Additional Rent as set forth in Section 8 and elsewhere in
this  Lease  (the  Base  Monthly  Rent  and the Additional Rent are collectively
referred  to  as  "Rent7). Rent shall be paid in advance, on or before the first
day  of  each  calendar  month  of  the  Lease  Term.

5.2     Manner  of Payment.     Rent shall be paid without prior notice, demand,
set  off,  counterclaim, deduction or defense and, except as otherwise expressly
provided  in this Lease, without abatement or suspension. AJI Rent shall be paid
to  Landlord  at the address for notices set forth in Section 1, in lawful money
of  the United States of America, or to such other person or at such other place
as  Landlord  may  from  time  to  time  designate  in  writing.


<PAGE>
5.3     Rent  Commencement.     Payment  of  Rent  shall  begin  on  the  Rent
Commencement  Date  set  forth  in Section 1, subject to Section 4. Rent for any
period  during  the Lease term that is for less than one month shall be prorated
for  the  actual  number  of  days  in  such  period.

6.     Prepaid  Rent  and  Security  Deposit.

6.1     Deposit.     Upon  execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
the  Prepaid  Rent and Security Deposit set forth in Section 1 (the Prepaid Rent
and  the  Security  Deposit  collectively,  "Deposit').

6.2     Use  of Deposit to Cure.     Landlord shall have the right to all or any
part  of  the  Deposit  to  cure  any  Default  by Tenant under this Lease or to
compensate  Landlord for any damage sustained by it resulting from such Default.
In  the  event  of any such application of the Deposit, Tenant shall, on demand,
immediately pay to Landlord the amount necessary to replenish the Deposit to the
amount  set  forth  in  Section  1.

6.3     Return  of  Security  Deposit.     If  Tenant  is  not in Default at the
expiration  or  termination  of  this Lease, Landlord shall return the remaining
Security Deposit to Tenant, less any amounts necessary to return the Premises to
their  original  condition,  reasonable  wear  and  tear  excepted.

6.4     Treatment as Security Deposit.     In the event this Lease is terminated
before  the  end  of the Term for any reason, any Rent paid for any period after
the  date  of  such  termination shall be treated as an addition to the Security
Deposit.

6.5     Landlord's Obligation Regarding Deposit.     Landlord's obligations with
respect  to  the  Security  Deposit  are  those  of  a debtor and not a trustee.
Landlord  may  maintain  the  security  deposit separate from Landlord's general
funds  or  may  commingle  the Security Deposit with other funds of Landlord. No
interest  shall  accrue  for  Tenant  on  the  Deposit.

7.     Use  of  Premises.

7.1     Use.     Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purpose set forth in
Section 1. The Premises may not be used for any other purpose without Landlord's
written  consent.  Landlord  represents  to Tenant that the purpose set forth in
Section  1  is  permitted  as  of  the  date  hereof  under the applicable laws,
regulations  and  codes governing zoning, land use and similar matters affecting
the  Building and the Property (collectively, the "Zoning Laws"). Any changes in
the  Zoning  Laws  or  any  changes in Tenant's use of the Premises that are not
permitted  under the Zoning Laws will not be a basis for terminating this Lease,
for  abating  or  offsetting  Rent or for otherwise seeking damages, unless said
changes in the Zoning Laws are initiated by the Landlord and prevents the Tenant
from  conducting  its  existing  business.

7.2     Prohibited  Uses.     Tenant  shall not do or permit anything to be done
in or about the Premises or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way
increase  the cost of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or
any  part thereof or any of its contents, or cause cancellation of any insurance
policy  covering  the  Building  or  any  part  thereof  or any of its contents.

7.3     No Nuisance.     Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or
about  the  Premises  that  will  obstruct or interfere with the rights of other
tenants  or  occupants  of the Building or Business Park or injure them or their
property, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose or in
any  way  constituting  a  nuisance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written
consent  of  Landlord,  use  any  apparatus, machinery or device in or about the
Premises  which  will cause any substantial noise or vibration. Tenant shall not
place any boxes, cartons or other rubbish in the corridors or other Common Areas
(defined  in  Section 10), Building, Property or Business Park. Tenant shall use
due  care in the use of the Premises and of the Common Areas (defined in Section
10),  Building  Property or Business Park, and shall not neglect or misuse water
fixtures,  electric  lights  and  heating  and  air-conditioning  apparatus.

7.4     Telecommunications Providers.     Tenant acknowledges that any provision
of  telecommunications,  data  transmission  and  office  automation  services,
equipment  and  systems  by  a  third party provider, its agents, affiliates and
successors, that has a right, whether exclusive or not, to provide such services
to  the  Premises,  Building  or  Business  Park (each a "Provider") is entirely
separate  and  distinct  from  this  Lease  and  that  Landlord  has  no duty of
performance  concerning  the  provision of services by a Provider. Tenant hereby
agrees  to  look  solely  to  the  Provider  for any failure in the provision of
services  provided  by  such  Provider.

8.     Additional  Rent  for  Operating  Expenses.

8.1     Tenant  Payment.     Tenant  shall  pay,  as  Additional  Rent, Tenant's
Share, as set forth in Section 1, of all Operating Expenses. Tenant's payment of
Additional  Rent  shall  be  made  in  the  same  manner  as  Base Monthly Rent.

8.2     Tenant's  Shar . Tenant's Share shall be the percentage of all Operating
Expenses  for  the  Building  set forth  in Section 1 as determined by Landlord,
based upon the  percentage that  the  approximate rentable area  of the Premises
set forth in Section 1 bears to the approximate rentable area of  the  Building.


<PAGE>
8.3     Definitions.

8.3.1     Definition  of  Operating Expenses.     "Operating Expenses" means all
expenses  and  charges incurred  by Landlord in the operation and maintenance of
the  Building,  Property  and  Common  Areas  (as  defined  in Section 10), as a
first-class facility, including without limitation the following costs by way of
illustration:  (i)  all  real  property  taxes, assessments and other general or
special  charges  levied  during  the  Term  by  any  public,  governmental  or
quasi-governmental  authority  against the real or personal property included in
the  Building  or the Property, including without limitation Landlord's personal
property  used  in  the  maintenance, repair or operation of the Building or the
Property,  or  any other tax on the leasing of the Building or on the rents from
the  Building  (other than any federal, state or local income or franchise tax);
(ii)  any  and  all  assessments  Landlord must pay for the Building or Property
pursuant to an applicable Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, Restrictions and
Easements  for  the Business Park identiW in Section 1 ("CC&Rs"), transportation
or  any  other improvement monitoring or management plan, or any other covenant,
condition  or reciprocal easement agreements; (iii) electricity, gas and similar
energy sources, refuse collection, water, sewer and other utilities services for
the  Building  and  the Property; provided, however, to the extent that any such
services  are  separately  metered  to  Tenant,  Tenant  shall  pay  the  actual
separately  incurred  charges;  (iv) annual inspection fees, property management
fees  paid  to  independent or affiliated contractors or to Landlord, and legal,
accounting  and  other  professional  expenses; (v) janitorial, cleaning, window
washing and refuse removal; (vi) all costs of improvements or alterations to the
Building,  Property  and Common Areas required by Laws, to save labor, or reduce
Operating  Expenses;  (vii) all premiums and deductibles for liability, property
damage, casualty, automobile, garage keeper's, rental loss compensation or other
insurance  maintained  by Landlord for the Building or Property; (viii) the cost
of  any  capital  improvements made to the Property, Building or Common Areas by
Landlord  for  the  replacement  of any Building equipment needed to operate the
Building  or  the  Common  Areas  at  the  same  quality  levels as prior to the
replacement;  (ix)  air conditioning, heating, ventilating, plumbing, electrical
system,  elevator  maintenance supplies, materials, equipment and tools; (x) the
repair  of  the  air  conditioning,  heating,  ventilating, plumbing, electrical
systems and elevators of the Building; (xi) maintenance costs, including payroll
expenses,  rental  of personal property used in maintenance and all other upkeep
of  parking  and  Common  Areas,  including  cleaning,  snow  and  ice  removal,
landscaping  and  lighting;  (xii)  costs  and expenses of repairs, resurfacing,
repainting,  and  similar  items,  (xiii)  costs  and  expenses  associated with
security  and monitoring; (xiv) costs incurred in the management of the Building
and  Property  (including  supplies, wages and salaries of employees used in the
management,  operation  and  maintenance  thereof  and payroll taxes and similar
governmental  charges  with  respect  thereto,  and  Building  management office
rental,  if  any;  (xiii) all license and permit fees (xiv) any other expense or
charge whether or not described above that in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  and  management  practices  is  properly  an expense of maintaining,
operating  or  repairing  the  Building,  Property  or  Common  Areas. Operating
Expenses  shall  not  include depreciation on the Building or equipment therein,
Landlord's  executive  salaries,  real estate brokers' commissions, and costs or
expenses  for  which  Landlord  is  reimbursed  or  indemnified,  by an insurer,
condemnor,  tenant  or  otherwise.  Landlord shall not collect more than 100% of
Operating Expenses and shall not recover any item of cost more than once. If, in
Landlord's  reasonable  determination, certain Operating Expenses vary in direct
relationship  to  occupancy  of  the  Building, Tenant's Share of such Operating
Expenses  shall  be  adjusted  to  reflect  that  portion of the whole which the
rentable square feet of the Premises bears to the rentable square footage of the
Building,  as  applicable,  which  is  actually  occupied  by  tenants.

8.3.2     Definition  and Treatment of Capital Improvements.     As used herein,
Capital Improvement shall mean the replacement of any major component or element
of the Building or Common Areas. The cost of any Capital Improvement included in
Operating  Expenses  pursuant  to  this Lease shall be amortized over the useful
life  of  the  Capital  Improvement  with  interest  accruing on the unamortized
balance  at  the prime rate then in effect at the Seattle Head Office of Bank of
America or its successors, or such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord
on  funds  borrowed  for  the  purpose  of  paying for such Capital Improvement.
Subject  to  Section  12.3,  Landlord  shall be responsible at its sole cost and
expense  for  Capital  Improvements  related to the repair or replacement of the
structural  portions  of  the Building, which structural portions consist of the
foundation,  bearing and exterior walls, subflooring, and roof structure and the
cost  of  such Capital Improvements shall not be included in Operating Expenses.

8.4     Determination  of Operating Expenses.     Prior to each January 1 of the
Term,  Landlordshall furnish Tenant a written statement of the estimated monthly
Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses for the coming calendar year. The estimated
monthly  Tenant's  Share  of  Operating Expenses for the period before the first
January  1  after the Commencement Date is set forth in Section 1. Landlord may,
by  written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate of Tenant's Share of Operating
Expenses  from  time  to  time.

8.5     Reconciliation.     Within 90 days after each January 1 during the Term,
or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written
statement setting forth the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant's Share thereof
during  the  preceding calendar year (or portion of such calendar year after the
Commencement  Date).  To  the  extent  Tenant's  Share  of such actual Operating
Expenses  exceeded  the  estimated Tenant's Share thereof paid by Tenant, Tenant
shall  pay  Additional  Rent  to  Landlord  within 30 days after receipt of such
statement  by  Tenant.  To  the  extent  Tenant's Share of such actual Operating
Expenses  was  less  than  the  estimated Tenant's Share thereof paid by Tenant,
Tenant shall receive a credit against its next payable Rent or such amount shall
otherwise  be  refunded to Tenant as Landlord determines in its sole discretion.

8.6     Upon  Lease  Termination.     If  this  Lease  shall expire or otherwise
terminate  other  than  on  a December 31, Landlord may in its discretion make a
special  determination  of  Tenant's  Share of actual Operating Expenses for the
partial  calendar  year  ending  on  the  date  of  such  expiration  or  other
termination,  or  may defer such determination until its usual reconciliation of
Operating  Expenses  for  the  Building for the entire calendar year. The excess
actual  Tenant's Share for such partial calendar year shall be paid to Landlord,
or  the  excess estimated Tenant's Share already paid by Tenant, as the case may
be,  shall  be paid by Tenant to Landlord or Landlord to Tenant, as the case may
be,  within  30  days  of  such  determination.


<PAGE>
8.7     Landlord Rights.     Landlord shall have the same rights with respect to
Tenant's  nonpayment  of  Tenant's Share of Operating Expenses as required under
this  Lease  as  it  has with respect to any other nonpayment of Rent under this
Lease.

9.     Maintenance  and  Repair  Responsibility.

9.1     Maintenance  Obligations.     Subject  to  Sections  7.3,  12.3  and 15,
Landlord  shall  maintain  and  keep in good condition and repair throughout the
Term the entire Premises , the Building, and the Common Areas in a manner and at
a level of quality that is consistent with comparable buildings in the area (the
"Maintenance  Obligations").  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided in this
Lease,  all cost and expenses incurred by Landlord in performing the Maintenance
Obligations  shall  be  considered  Operating  Expenses.

9.2     No  Obligation  For  Alteration.     Alteration.  Except as specifically
provided  elsewhere  in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever
to  alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate, or paint the Premises or any part
thereof.  Tenant  affirms  that  Landlord  has made no representations to Tenant
about  the  condition  of  the  Premises or the Building, except as specifically
herein  set  forth.

9.3     Tenant  Waiver.  Tenant  waives  the right to make repairs at Landlord's
expense  under  any  law,  statute,  or  ordinance  now  or hereafter in effect.

10.     Common  Areas.

10.1     Use  of  Common  Areas.     Provided Tenant is not in Default under the
Lease  and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall
have  the  right to use the Common Areas on a non-exclusive basis with Landlord,
other  tenants  in  the  Building  and  the  Business  Park and their respective
officers,  employees, guests, invitees and agents. Landlord shall have the right
to  establish  and  enforce  reasonable  rules and regulations applicable to all
tenants concerning the maintenance, management, use, and operation of the Common
Areas;  and  to  make  changes to the Common Areas, including without limitation
changes  in  the  location  of  lobbies,  driveways, entrances, exits, vehicular
parking  spaces,  parking  areas,  pedestrian  and  bicycle  trail areas, or the
direction  of  the  flow  of  traffic.

10.2     Definition  of  Common  Areas.     In this Lease, "Common Areas," means
all  parts  of  the  Building  and related land areas and facilities outside the
Premises  and  the  premises leased or available for lease to other tenants, but
constituting  a part of Business Park. Common Areas include, without limitation:

10.2.1     the  Building's  common  entrances,  lobbies,  restrooms,  elevators,
stairway  and  accessways,  loading  docks,  ramps, drives and platforms and any
passageways  and  serviceways thereto, and mechanical and electrical systems for
the  Building,  including  without  limitation,  plumbing,  sewage,  electrical
systems,  pipes  conduits, and wires, and appurtenant equipment of the Building,
all  to  the  extent  serving  the  Premises;

10.2.2     the  open areas, landscaped areas, sidewalks, pedestrian walkways and
patios,  roadways,  pedestrian  and  bicycle  trails,  driveways, parking areas,
utility  systems and facilities, service areas, refuse areas and all other areas
in  the  Business  Park and available for use in common with all tenants, guests
and invitees of the Business Park, located outside the Premises and the premises
leased  or  available  for  lease  to  other  tenants  in  the  Business  Park.

11.     Utilities  and  Services.

11.1     Furnishing  of  Utilities and Services.     Provided that Tenant is not
in  Default  under  this  Lease,  Landlord  shall  cause  to be ftimished to the
Premises  the  following  utilities  and  services,  during generally recognized
business  hours:  (1)  electricity for normal lighting and office machines, (ii)
heat and air conditioning required for the comfortable use and occupation of the
Premises;  and  (iii)  janitorial  services  at  the same level and frequency of
service  as  is  standard  for  other comparable buildings in the area, unless a
schedule  for  janitorial  services  is  attached hereto, in which case Landlord
shall  provide  janitorial  services  in  accordance  with  such  schedule
(collectively,  the  "Service  Obligations").

11.2     Additional  Services.     The  provision  and use of such utilities and
services  shall be in accordance with any applicable rules and regulations under
this  Lease.  If Tenant requires or utilizes more water or electrical power than
is  considered  reasonable  or  normal  by  Landlord, Landlord may at its option
require  Tenant  to  pay,  as Additional Rent, the cost, as fairly determined by
Landlord,  incurred  in  such  extraordinary  usage.  In  addition, Landlord may
install  separate  meters  in  accordance  with  Section  11.4.

11.3     After  Hours.     At  Tenant's  request,  Landlord  shall  furnish,  at
Tenant's  expense,  heat  and  air  conditioning outside of generally recognized
business hours, at rates to be established from time to time by Landlord, and to
be  paid  by  Tenant  as  billed  by  Landlord.

11.4     Separate  Meters.     To  the  extent  that the Premises are separately
metered  or  submetered  for  Tenant's  use of any utilities or services, Tenant
shall pay for such use in the same manner as Rent, or shall pay the cost thereof
directly  to  the  service  provider,  and  in  either  event such charges shall
constitute  Additional  Rent  hereunder.

11.5     Failure.     In  the  event  of  any  failure  or  interruption of such
utilities  and  services,  Landlord  shall  diligently attempt to resume service
promptly.  Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by
reason  of  any failure or interruption of utilities or services, no eviction of
Tenant  shall result from any such failure or interruption, and Tenant shall not
be relieved from the performance of any obligation in this Lease because of such
failure  or  interruption.


<PAGE>
12.     Limits  on  Landlord's Liability.     Landlord's liability in respect of
its  Maintenance  Obligations  and  Service     Obligation  is  subject  to  the
following  limitations:

12.1     Circumstances  Beyond Control.     Landlord shall not be liable for any
failure  of  Maintenance Obligations or Service Obligations when such failure is
caused  by  (i) strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of
any  character,  (ii)  governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental
action,  (iii)  inability despite the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain
electricity,  water  or fuel from the providers thereof, (iv) acts of God or (v)
any  other  cause  beyond  Landlord's  reasonable  control.

12.2     Unreasonable  Period  of  Failure.          Subject  to  Section  12.1,
Landlord  shall  not  be  liable  for  any failure of Maintenance Obligations or
Service  Obligations, unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time
after  written  notice  of  the  need  of  such repairs or maintenance or of the
interruption  of  services  is  given  to  Landlord  by  Tenant.

12.3     Tenant Caused.     If maintenance and repairs to the Premises, Building
or  Common  Areas  are caused in part or in whole by the act, neglect, fault, or
omission  of  any  duty by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, or invitees,
Tenant  shall  pay  to  Landlord  the  costs  of  such  maintenance and repairs.

12.4     No  Abatement  of Rent.     Except as specifically provided in Sections
15  and  16,  there shall be no abatement of Rent in any circumstance under this
Lease.

12.5     No  Interference.     Landlord shall not be liable for any injury to or
interference  with  Tenant's  business  arising  from the making of any repairs,
alterations, or improvements in or to any portion of the Building, the Premises,
the  Property, or the Common Areas, or to fixtures, appurtenances, and equipment
therein,  or  the  failure  of  Maintenance  Obligations or Service Obligations.
Without  limiting  the generality of this Section 12, in no event shall Landlord
have  any liability for consequential damages resulting from any act or omission
of  Landlord  in  respect of its Maintenance Obligations or Service Obligations,
even  if  Landlord  has  been  advised  of the possibility of such consequential
damages.

13.     Alterations  and  Additions  by  Tenanto  Liens  and  Insolvengy.

13.1     Alterations and Additions by Tenant.     With the prior written consent
of  Landlord,  Tenant  may  make  at  its  expense  additional  improvements  or
alterations  to the Premises. Any repairs or new construction by Tenant shall be
done  in  conformity  with  plans  and  specifications  approved by Landlord, by
contractors approved by Landlord, (provided, that Landlord may require that such
work be performed by Landlord's employees or contractor(s) employed by Landlord)
and  subject  to  Landlord's  reasonable  rules  and  regulations regarding such
construction. All work performed shall be done lien-free in a workmanlike manner
and  shall  become  the  property  of Landlord. Landlord may require that Tenant
provide to Landlord, at Tenants expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount
equal  to  150%  of  the  estimated  cost  of  any  improvements,  additions, or
alterations  in  the  Premises.  Landlord  shall  not  unreasonably withhold its
consent  to  Tenant's  proposed alterations or improvements if the conditions of
this  Section  13  are  satisfied.  Landlord  may  require  Tenant to remove any
improvements  or  alterations at the expiration or termination of the Term, such
removal  to occur at Tenant's expense; and Tenant shall repair all damage to the
Premises  or Building occurring as a result of such removal. In the event Tenant
fails  to  remove  any  improvements  or  alterations as required by Landlord or
repair  any  damage occurring during such removal, Landlord shall be entitled to
remove  any  improvements  or  alterations  or  make  such  repairs, at Tenant's
expense,  and  shall  further  be  entitled  to  draw  upon  the  Deposit.

13.2     Liens  and Insolvency.     Tenant shall keep the Premises, Building and
Property  free  from  any  liens  arising  out  of any work performed, materials
ordered  or obligations incurred by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right at all
reasonable  times  to  post on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary
for  its  protection  from such liens. If such liens are filed unless such liens
are  removed  or  bonded  around to Landlord's satisfaction within fourteen (14)
days  of  Landlord's  notice to Tenant, Landlord may, without waiving its rights
and  remedies  based  on such breach by Tenant and without releasing Tenant from
any  of  its obligations hereunder, cause such liens to be released by any means
it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise
to such lien. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, any reasonable sum paid by
Landlord  to  remove such liens, together with interest at the rate specified in
Section  33.8.

14.     Insurance  Indemnity.

14.1     Tenant  Waiver.     Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant, and Tenant
hereby waives all claims against Landlord, for injury or damage to any person or
property in or about the Premises, Building, Property or Common Areas by or from
any  cause whatsoever, including without limitation any acts or omissions of any
other  tenants,  licensees  or  invitees;  of  the  Building.

14.2     Indemnity.     Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  defend  Landlord and hold
Landlord  harmless,  from and against any *and all loss, cost, damage, liability
and  expense  (including reasonable aftomeys'fees) whatsoever that may arise out
of  or  in  connection  with  Tenant's  occupation,  use  or  improvement of the
Premises, or that of its employees, agents or contractors, or Tenant's breach of
its  obligations  under  this  Lease. To the extent necessary to fully indemnify
Landlord from claims made by Tenant or its employees, this indemnity constitutes
a waiver of Tenant's immunity under the Washington Industrial Insurance Act, RCW
Title  51.  This  indemnity  shall  survive the expiration or termination of the
Term.


<PAGE>
14.3     Landlord's  Responsibility.     The  exculpation, release and indemnity
provisions  of  Sections 14.1 and 14.2 shall not apply to the extent the subject
claims  thereunder  were  caused  by  Landlord's  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct.  However,  in  no  event  shall  Landlord  be  liable  to Tenant for
consequential  damages.

14.4     Tenant's  Insurance.  Tenant  shall procure and maintain throughout the
Term  at  Tenant's  expense,  the  following  insurance:

14.4.1     Comprehensive  general  public  liability  insurance, insuring Tenant
against  liability  arising  out  of  the  Lease  and  the  use,  occupancy,  or
maintenance  of  the  Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance
shall  be  in  the  amount of not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit for
injury  to  or  death of one or more persons in an occurrence, and for damage to
tangible  property  (including  loss of use) in an occurrence. Such policy shall
insure  the  operations  of  independent  contractors  and contractual liability
(covering  the  indemnity  in  Section  14.2) and shall: (i) name Landlord as an
additional insured, and (ii) provide that it is primary and noncontributing with
any  insurance  in  force  or  on  behalf  of  Landlord.

14.4.2     Standard form property insurance insuring against the perils of fire,
extended  coverage,  vandalism,  malicious  mischief,  special extended coverage
("All  Risk")  and  sprinkler  leakage.  This insurance policy shall be upon all
personal  property  for  which Tenant is legally liable or that was installed at
Tenant's  expense,  and  that  is located in the Building or Premises, including
without  limitation all Tenant's furnishings, fixtures, furniture, fittings, and
equipment and all improvements to the Premises installed by Tenant, in an amount
not  less  than  90%  of  the  full  replacement cost thereof. In the event of a
dispute  as  to the amount of full replacement cost, the decision of Landlord or
any  mortgagees of Landlord shall be conclusive. Landlord recommends such policy
shall  also include business interruption coverage, covering direct and indirect
loss  of  Tenant's  earnings  attributable to Tenant's inability to use fully or
obtain  access  to  the  Premises  or  Building,  in  an amount as will properly
reimburse Tenant. Such policy shall name Landlord and any mortgagees of Landlord
as  insured  parties,  as  their  respective  interests  may  appear.

14.4.3     Workman's  Compensation  and  Employer's  Liability  Insurance  (as
required  by  state  law).

14.4.4     Any  other  form  or  forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or any
mortgagees  of  Landlord  may  reasonably  require from time to time in form, in
amounts  and  for  insurance  risks against which a prudent tenant would protect
itself.

14.5     Policies     All  policies  of  insurance  to  be  obtained  by  Tenant
hereunder shall be in a form approved under the Washington Insurance Laws, which
shall  be  acceptable  to  Landlord  and  shall be issued by insurance companies
holding  a  General  Policyholder Rating of "A7 and a Financial Rating of "X" or
better in the most current issue of Best's Insurance Guide. Tenant shall provide
Landlord with certificates of such insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable
or reducible in coverage except after 30 days' prior written notice to Landlord.
Tenant  shall, within ten days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish
Landlord  with  renewals  or  "binders"  thereof,  or  Landlord  may  order such
insurance  and  charge  the  cost  thereof  to  Tenant  as  Additional  Rent.

14.6     Landlord's  Insurance.     Landlord  shall  maintain  liability  and
casualty insurance for the Building and Property adequate in Landlord's judgment
to cover (with deductibles deemed appropriate by Landlord) the risks customarily
insured  against  by  owners  of  properties  similar  to  the  Building.

14.7     Proceeds.      The  proceeds of any insurance policies maintained by or
for  the  benefit  of Landlord shall belong to and be paid over to Landlord. Any
interest  or right of Tenant in any such proceeds shall be subject to Landlord's
interest  and  right  in  such  proceeds.

14.8     Waiver  of  Subrogation.     Anything  in  this  Lease  to the contrary
notwithstanding,  Tenant  and Landlord each waives its entire right of recovery,
claims, actions, or causes of action against the other for loss or damage to the
Premises,  Building,  or Property or any personal property of such party therein
that  is caused by or incident to the perils covered by normal extended coverage
clauses  of standard fire insurance policies carried by the waiving party and in
force  at  the time of damage or loss. Tenant and Landlord each waives any right
of  subrogation  it  may  have against the other party to the extent of recovery
under  any  such insurance, and shall cause each insurance policy obtained by it
to  provide  that  the  insurance company waives all right to recovery by way of
subrogation  against the other party in connection with any such loss or damage.
If  either  Landlord  or  Tenant is unable to obtain its insurer's permission to
waive  any  claim  against the other party, such party shall promptly notify the
other  party  of  such  inability.

14.9     Notification of Accidents.     Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of
any  casualty  or  accident  occurring  in  or  about  the  Premises.

15.     Destruction.

15.1     Election  to  Restore.     If the Premises or the Building is destroyed
by  fire, earthquake, or other casualty to the extent that they are untenantable
in  whole  or in part, then Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation
to  proceed with reasonable diligence to rebuild and restore the Premises or the
Building  or  such  part  thereof.  Landlord  shall  within  30  days after such
destruction  or  injury  notify  Tenant  whether Landlord intends to rebuild. If
Landlord  fails  to  notify  Tenant  within  such  period, then this Lease shall
terminate  as  of  the  end  of  such  period.

15.2     Rent  Abatement.     During the period from destruction or damage until
restoration  (or  termination  of  this Lease), Rent shall be abated in the same
ratio  as  that  portion  of the Premises which Landlord determines is unfit for
occupancy  shall  bear  to  the whole Premises. If damage is due to the fault or
neglect  of Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees, or licensees, there shall
be  no  abatement  of  Rent.


<PAGE>
15.3.     Repairs to Tenant Installations.     Landlord shall not be required to
repair  any  injury  or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any repairs or
replacements  of  any  panels,  decoration,  office  fixtures,  paintings, floor
covering,  or  any  other  improvements  to  the  Premises  installed by Tenant.
Instead,  if  Landlord  repairs  or rebuilds the Premises under this Section 15,
Tenant  shall  repair  or  rebuild  such Tenant-installed improvements and other
items  of  property

15.4     No  Compensation.     Tenant  shall not be entitled to any compensation
or  damages  from  Landlord  for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the
Premises,  the  property of Tenant, or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned
by  such  -  damage,  repair,  reconstruction,  or  restoration.

16.     Condemnation.

16.1     Termination  of  Lease.     If  all  or  part of the Premises are taken
under  power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said
power,  this  Lease  shall  terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the
condemning  authority  takes  possession.

16.2     Election  of  Termination.     If  more  than  25% of the floor area of
Premises  is taken by condemnation, Landlord or Tenant may, by written notice to
the  other  within ten days after notice of such taking, terminate this Lease as
to  the  remainder of the Premises as of the date the condemning authority takes
possession.

16.3     Reduction  of  Rent.     If  Landlord  or Tenant does not so terminate,
this  Lease  shall  remain  in effect as to such remainder, except that the Rent
shall  be  reduced in the proportion that the rentable floor area taken bears to
the original rentable total floor area. However, if circumstances make abatement
based on floor area unreasonable, the Rent shall abate by a reasonable amount to
be  determined by Landlord. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant elects
to  terminate  this Lease, Landlord's responsibility to restore the remainder of
the  Premises shall be limited to the amount of any condemnation award allocable
to  the  Premises,  as  determined  by  Landlord.

16.4     Award.     Any  award  for  the  taking  of all or part of the Premises
under  the  power  of eminent domain, including payment made under threat of the
exercise  of  such  power,  shall  be  the property of Landlord, whether made as
compensation  for  diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee  or as severance damages. Tenant shall only be entitled to such compensation
as  may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant in Tenant's own right for
the  loss  of or damage to improvements to the Premises installed by Tenant, for
Tenant's  trade  fixtures  and  removable  personal  property  and  for Tenant's
relocation  or  moving  expenses. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the
loss  of  the  use  of  all  or  any part of the Premises taken by condemnation.

16.5     Landlord Authority .     Landlord shall have the exclusive authority to
grant possession and use to the condemning authority and to negotiate and settle
all  issues  of  just compensation or, in the alternative, to conduct litigation
concerning  such  issues;  provided, however, that Landlord shall not enter into
any  settlement of any separate award that may be made to Tenant as described in
Section  16.4 without Tenant's prior approval of such settlement, which approval
shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.

17.     Assignment  and  Subletting.

17.1     Landlord  Consent  Required.     Tenant shall not assign this Lease, or
sublet  the  Premises  or  any  part  thereof,  either  by  operation  of law or
otherwise,  or permit any other party to occupy all or any part of the Premises,
without  first  obtaining  the written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall propose
such assignment or sublease by written notice to Landlord, and such notice shall
specify  an  effective date which shall be the first day of a calendar month and
shall  be  not less than 60 days after the date of such notice. This Lease shall
not  be assignable by operation of law. Tenant shall further provide to Landlord
other  information  and  creditworthiness  materials  concerning  any  proposed
assignee  or  sublessee  as  is  requested  by Landlord. Landlord's consent to a
proposed  assignment  or  sublease  may  be  withheld  or  granted in Landlord's
absolute  discretion, but shall not be unreasonably withheld if no apparent risk
to  Landlord  exists.

17.2     Intentionally  omitted.

17.3     Recapture.     In  the  alternative  to  consenting  to  a  proposed
assignment or sublease, Landlord shall have the right to recapture the Premises,
or  applicable  portion  thereof.  Landlord may exercise such right by notice to
Tenant  within  20  days  after receipt of Tenant's notice. Such recapture shall
terminate  this  Lease as to the applicable portion of the Premises effective on
the  effective  date  proposed  in  Tenant's  notice.

17.4     Additional  Requirements.     If  Landlord  elects not to recapture and
thereafter  elects  to gives its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease,
(I)  Landlord may charge Tenant a reasonable sum to reimburse Landlord for legal
and  administrative  costs incurred in connection with such consent; (ii) in the
event  of  a sublease, Landlord and Tenant shall share equally in any rent, less
any  associated  fees  paid,  and other proceeds paid to Tenant in excess of the
Rent  to  be  paid  to  Landlord  under this Lease; and (iii) in the event of an
assignment  or  a  sublease,  Tenant  shall  remain  liable  to Landlord for the
performance  of  all  of  Tenant's  obligations  under  this  Lease.

17.5     Assignment with Bankrup .     If this Lease is assigned pursuant to the
provisions  of  the  Revised Bankruptcy Act, I I U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., any
and  all  consideration paid or payable in connection with such assignment shall
be  Landlord's  exclusive  property and paid or delivered to Landlord, and shall
not  constitute  the  property  of  tenant or tenant's estate in bankruptcy. Any
person  or  entity  to  whom  the  Lease  is  assigned  pursuant  to the Revised
Bankruptcy  Act  shall  be  deemed automatically to have assumed all of Tenant's
obligations  under  this  Lease.



<PAGE>
17.6     Sale.     In  the event of any sale of the Building or Property, or any
assignment  of  this  Lease  by  Landlord,  Landlord  shall  be  relieved of all
liability  under  this  Lease  arising  out  of any act, occurrence, or omission
occurring  after  sale or assignment; and the purchaser or assignee at such sale
or  assignment  or  any subsequent sale or assignment of Lease, the Property, or
Building,  shall  be deemed without any further agreement to have assumed all of
the obligations of the Landlord under this Lease accruing after the date of such
sale  or  assignment.

17.7     Binding.     Subject  to  the provisions of this Section 17, this Lease
shall  be  binding  upon  and  inure to the benefit of the parties, their heirs,
successors  and  assigns.

18.     Defaul  .

18.1     Definition  of  Default.     The  occurrence  of any one or more of the
following  events shall constitute a material default and breach of the Lease by
Tenant  ("Default"):

18.1.1     vacation  or  abandonment  of  all  or  any  portion of the Premises;

18.1.2     failure by Tenant to make any payment required as and when due, where
such  failure  shall  continue  after  three days' written notice from Landlord;

18.1.3     failure  by  Tenant  to  observe  or  perform  any  of the covenants,
conditions,  or  provisions of this Lease, other than the making of any payment,
where  such  failure shall continue after 30 days' written notice from Landlord;
or

18.1.4     (i)  the  making  by  Tenant  of  any  general  assignment or general
arrangement  for  the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant
of a petition in bankruptcy, including reorganization or arrangement, unless, in
the  case  of  a  petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within 30
days;  (iii)  the  appointment  of  a  trustee or receiver to take possession of
substantially  all  of  Tenant's  assets  located at the Premises or of Tenant's
interest  in this Lease; (iv) the seizure by any department of any government or
any  officer thereof of the business or property of Tenant; and (v) adjudication
that  Tenant  is  bankrupt.

18.1.5     Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary, if Landlord serves
Tenant with three (3) default notices in any twelve-(1 2) month period, Landlord
shall  have  the right to terminate this Lease without providing Tenant with any
cure  period.

18.2     Tenant  Notification.     Tenant  shall notify Landlord promptly of any
Default  by  Tenant (or event or occurrence which, with the passage of time, the
giving  of  notice,  or  both, would become a Default) that by its nature is not
necessarily  known  to  Landlord.

18.3     Landlord  Default.     Landlord  shall  be  in  default  if it fails to
observe  or  perform  any  of  the  covenants, conditions, or provisions of this
Lease,  where  such  failure  shall  continue after 30 days' written notice from
Tenant;  provided,  however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such
that  more  than  30 days are required for performance, Landlord shall not be in
default  if  Landlord commences performance within 30 days after Tenant's notice
and  thereafter  completes  such  performance diligently and within a reasonable
time.  Tenant  shall  copy Landlord's lender with any such notice of default, if
Tenant  has  been  provided  with the name and address of any such lender. In no
event  shall  a  default  by Landlord under this Lease give rise to any right of
Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold or offset the payment of Base Monthly
Rent  or Additional Rent. The obligations of Tenant to pay Base Monthly Rent and
Additional  Rent  shall  continue  unaffected  in all events unless suspended or
terminated  pursuant  to  an  express  provision  of  this  Lease.

18.4     Rental  Concession.     If Tenant was not obligated to pay Base Monthly
Rent  or  Additional  Rent  for  any  period of time after the Commencement Date
("Rental Concession"), any such Rental Concession shall be canceled if Tenant is
in  Default  at  any  time  during  the Term. In the event of such cancellation,
Tenant  shall  be  obligated to pay Base Monthly Rent and/or Additional Rent, as
the  case  may  be,  as though there were no Rental Concession in the Lease, and
Tenant  shall  promptly  on  demand  refund to Landlord the amount of any Rental
Concession  already taken, without regard to whether this Lease is terminated by
Landlord  as  a  result  of  Tenant's  Default.

19.     Remedies  in  Default.

19.1     Landlord  Remedies.     In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord
may,  at  any time without waiving or limiting any other right or remedy, do any
one  or  more of the following: (i) re-enter and take possession of the Premises
without  terminating  this Lease, or (ii) terminate this Lease, and (iii) pursue
any  remedy  allowed  by  law  or  equity.

19.2     Tenant  Payment of Costs.     Whether Landlord has elected to terminate
this  Lease  or  not,  Tenant  agrees  to  pay  Landlord  the cost of recovering
possession  of  the  Premises, the expenses of reletting, and any other costs or
damages  arising out of Tenant's Default, including without limitation the costs
of  removing  persons  and property from the Premises, the costs of preparing or
altering  the Premises for reletting, broker's commissions, and attorneys' fees.

19.3     Termination.     In  the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease,
Landlord shall be additionally entitled to recover from Tenant: (i) the award by
a  court  having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent and
other  charges  and  adjustments  called  for herein for the balance of the term
after the time of such award exceeds the amount of such loss for the same period
that  Tenant  proves  could  be  reasonably avoided and (ii) that portion of any
leasing  commission and Tenant Improvements costs paid by Landlord applicable to
the  unexpired  term  of  the  Lease.


<PAGE>
19.4     No Termination.     No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by
Landlord  pursuant  to  this  Section  19,  or acceptance of Tenant's keys to or
surrender  of  the  Premises shall be construed as an election to terminate this
Lease  unless  a  written  notice  of  such  intention  is  given  to  Tenant.
Notwithstanding any reentry or termination, the liability of Tenant for the Rent
shall  continue  for  the  balance  of  the  Term, and Tenant shall make good to
Landlord  any  deficiency  arising  from reletting the Premises at a lesser rent
than  the Rent provided for in this Lease. Tenant shall pay such deficiency each
month  as  the  amount  thereof  is  ascertained  by  Landlord.

19.5     Landlord  Election to Make Tenant Advances.     If Tenant shall fail to
pay  any sum of money owed to any party other than Landlord, for which Tenant is
liable under this Lease, or if Tenant shall fail to perform any other act on its
part  to  be performed hereunder, and such failure continues for a period of ten
days  after  notice  thereof  by  Landlord,  Landlord  may,  without  waiving or
releasing  Tenant  from  its obligations or waiving or releasing any rights that
Landlord  may have, make any such payment or perform any other act to be made or
performed  by  Tenant. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental
costs,  together  with interest thereon at the rate established in Section 33.8,
from  the  date of such payment by Landlord, shall be deemed Additional Rent and
shall  be  paid  to  Landlord  on  demand.

20.     Access.     Tenant  shall  permit  Landlord to enter the Premises at all
reasonable  times  for  the  purpose  of inspecting, altering, and repairing the
Premises  and  the  Building  and ascertaining compliance with the provisions of
this  Lease  by  Tenant. The existence or exercise of such right of access shall
not  be construed as imposing any obligation on Landlord to inspect, discover or
correct  or  repair  any condition in the Premises or the Building. Landlord may
also show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants at reasonable times,
provided  that  Landlord  shall  not materially interfere with Tenant's business
operation.

21.     Surrender  of  Premises;  Hold-Over  Tenancy

21.1     Surrender of Premises.     Upon the expiration or sooner termination of
this  Lease,  Tenant  shall  surrender  the  Premises  and all the additions and
alterations  thereto,  and  leave the Premises broom clean and in good order and
condition  and  repair,  excluding  ordinary  wear  and  tear.

21.2     Hold-Over  Tenancy .     If without execution of a new Lease or written
extension  Tenant  shall  hold  over  after the expiration or termination of the
Term,  with  Landlord's  written consent, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying
the Premises as a Tenant from month to month, which tenancy may be terminated as
provided  by  law,  unless the parties agree otherwise at the time of Landlord's
consent.  If  Tenant shall hold over after expiration or termination of the Term
without  Landlord's written consent, the Base Monthly Rent payable shall be 200%
of  the  Base  Monthly  Rent  payable  in  the last month prior to expiration or
termination  of  the  Term,  and  Tenant  shall continue to pay Additional Rent.
During  any such tenancy, Tenant shall continue to be bound by all of the terms,
covenants,  and  conditions  of  this  Lease,  insofar  as  applicable.

22.     Compliance  with  Law.     Tenant  shall  not use the Premises or permit
anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with
any  applicable law, statute, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation, now
or  hereafter  in  force  ("Laws").  Tenant  shall  at its sole cost and expense
promptly  comply  with all Laws, including without limitation the Americans with
Disabilities  Act,  and  with  the  requirements  of any board of fire insurance
underwriters  or other similar bodies now or hereafter constituted, relating to,
or  affecting the use or occupancy of the Premises. The judgment of any court of
competent  jurisdiction,  or  the  admission  of  Tenant  in any action, whether
Landlord  be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any Laws, shall be
conclusive  of  the  fact  as  between  Landlord  and  Tenant.

23.     Rules  and  Regulations.     Tenant  shall faithfully observe and comply
with  the rules and regulations that Landlord shall from time to time promulgate
and  with  the CC&Rs and any other restrictive covenants and obligations created
by  private  contracts  which  affect  the  use  and  operation of the Premises,
Building  Common  Areas  or  Business  Park, now or hereafter in force. All such
rules  and  regulations  shall  be nondiscriminatory and reasonable and shall be
uniformly  and  consistently  enforced  against  all  tenants  in  the Building.
Additions  and modifications to rules and regulations shall be binding on Tenant
upon  delivery of a copy of them to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to
Tenant  for  the nonperformance of any rules or regulations by any other tenants
or  occupants  of  the  Building.

24.     Parking.     Tenant  shall have the right to use, on a first-come, first
served  basis,  in  common  with other tenants and occupants of the Building and
Business  Park,  up  to  the  number  of  parking stalls specified in Section 1,
located  within  the  Building or the Business Park and which shall be available
for  use  by  all  tenants  of the Business Park, their guests and invitees, but
which  may, at Landlord's election, be designated by Landlord, (which designated
parking  facilities Landlord may change at any time and from time to time in its
sole  discretion), subject to the rules and regulations and any charges that may
be  established or altered for such parking facilities from time to time. Tenant
shall  comply  with  any  and  all  private  and  governmentally imposed parking
restrictions  applicable to the Business Park, including without limitation, the
requirements  of  all  designations placed on parking stalls within the Business
Park,  such  as car pool, visitor and designation for any tenant of the Business
Park.

25.     Estoppel  Certificates.     Tenant  shall  execute,  within ten business
days  following Landlord's request, a certificate in such reasonable form as may
be  required  by  Landlord  or  a prospective purchaser, mortgagee or trust deed
beneficiary,  or  Landlord's  successor after a sale or foreclosure, certifying:
(i)  the  Commencement Date of this Lease, (ii) that the Lease is unmodified and
in full force and effect, (or if there have been modifications hereto, that this
Lease  is  in  full  force  and  effect, and stating the date and nature of such
modifications);  (iii) that there have been no current defaults under this Lease
by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's statement, (iv) the
dates  to  which  the  Base Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have
been  paid, and (v) any other information reasonably requested by the requesting
party.  Such  certificate  may  be  relied  upon  by  Landlord and/or such other
requesting  party.  Tenant's  failure to deliver such statement within such time
shall  be  conclusive  upon  Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect,
without  modification  except  to the extent represented by Landlord, that there
are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance under this Lease, and that not
more than one month's Rent has been paid in advance. Tenant's failure to deliver
said  statement  within  ten business days of request, shall constitute Tenant's
Default.  Tenant's  Default  shall  be  defined  as per the terms of this Lease,
including  the  terms  associated  with  the  Security  Deposit.


<PAGE>
26.     Subordination.     Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subordinate to
the  lien  of  any  mortgage,  deeds of trust, or ground leases now or hereafter
placed  against the Property or Building, and to all renewals and modifications,
supplements,  consolidations,  and  extensions  thereof.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Landlord  reserves the right, however, to subordinate or cause to be
subordinated  any  such  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground lease to this Lease.
Upon  a  foreclosure or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure under such mortgage or
deed of trust, or a termination of such ground lease, and a demand by Landlord's
successor, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such successor as Landlord under
this  Lease;  provided, however, that Landlord shall obtain for the Term of this
Lease  what  is commonly known as a "nondisturbance" agreement which is intended
to  protect  Tenant's right to possession under this Lease for so long as Tenant
complies  with  the terms of this Lease and which shall be in such standard form
and  substance as the lender or ground lessor at that time typically provides to
comparable  tenants.  Landlord  shall  use  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain
modifications  to  such  standard  nondisturbance  agreements  as  Tenant  may
reasonably  request. Tenant shall execute and deliver on request and in the form
requested  by  Landlord,  any instruments reasonably necessary or appropriate to
evidence,  effect  or  confirm  such  subordination.

27.     Removal  of  Property.     On  expiration  or  other termination of this
Lease,  Tenant shall remove (i) all personal property of Tenant on the Premises,
including  without  limitation  all  Tenant's  furnishings, fixtures, furnitute,
- -fittings,  cabling, wiring and equipment; (ii) all improvements to the Premises
installed  by  or  at the expense of Tenant other than such improvements as have
become  the  property  of  Landlord  under  Section  13; and (iii) at Landlord's
request,  all  non-standard  or  specialty  improvements made to the Premises by
Landlord  or  Tenant.  Tenant shall repair or reimburse Landlord for the cost of
repairing  any damage to the Premises resulting from the installation or removal
of  such  property  of  Tenant. All property of Tenant remaining on the Premises
after  reentry  or  termination  of  this  Lease  shall  conclusively  be deemed
abandoned  and  may be removed by Landlord. The cost of removal of such property
shall  be  reimbursed  by  Tenant  to  Landlord  upon demand, including, but not
limited  to  court  costs,  reasonable  attorneys' fees and storage and disposal
charges relating to such property. Landlord may store such property of Tenant in
any place selected by Landlord, including but not limited to a public warehouse,
at the expense and risk of the owner thereof, with the right to sell such stored
property  without  notice  to Tenant. The proceeds of such sale shall be applied
first to the cost of such sale, second to the payment of the cost of removal and
storage,  if any, and third to the payment of any other amounts that may then be
due  from  Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, and any balance shall be paid to
Tenant.

28.     Personal  Propert     y Taxes. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all
personal  property  taxes payable with respect to all property of Tenant located
on  the  Premises  or  the  Building and promptly upon request of Landlord shall
provide  satisfactory  evidence of such payment. "Personal property taxes" under
this  Section  28 shall include all property taxes assessed against the property
of  Tenant,  whether  assessed  as  real  or  personal  property.

29.     Notices.     All  notices  under this Lease shall be in writing. Notices
shall  be  effective (i) when mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested
(ii)  when  personally delivered, or (iii) when sent by fax, in each case to the
address  or  fax  number  of  the receiving party set forth in Section 1. Either
party  may  change its address and fax number for notices by notice to the other
from  time  to  time.

30.     Condition  of Premises.     By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant
accepts the Premises as being in good, sanitary order, condition and repair, and
further  accepts  all  aspects  of the Premises, Building, Property and Business
Park  in  their  present condition, AS IS, including latent defects, without any
representations  or  warranties,  express  or  implied,  from  Landlord.

31.     Hazardous  Substances.

31.1     Tenant  Obligations.     Tenant  shall  not,  without  first  obtaining
Landlord's prior written approval, generate, release, store, deposit, transport,
or  dispose  of  (collectively  "Release")  any  hazardous  substances,  sewage,
petroleum  products,  hazardous materials, toxic substances or any pollutants or
substances, defined as hazardous or toxic in applicable federal, state and local
laws  and  regulations ("Hazardous Substances") in, on or about the Premises. In
the  event,  and  only in the event, Landlord approves such Release of Hazardous
Substances  on  the  Premises, such Release shall occur safely and in compliance
with  all  applicable  federal,  state,  and  local  laws  and  regulations.

31.2     Tenant  Indemnity.     Tenant  shall indemnify and defend Landlord, and
hold  Landlord  harmless,  from  and  against  any  and all claims, liabilities,
losses,  damages,  cleanup  costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees)  arising  out of or in any way relating to the Release by Tenant or any of
its  agents,  representatives,  employees  or  invitees,  or the presence of any
Hazardous Substances in, on or about the Premises occurring as a result of or in
connection  with Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises at any time after the
Commencement  Date.

31.3     Landlord  Inspection.     Landlord  shall  have  the right from time to
time  to  enter the Premises, Building and Property and inspect the same for the
presence  of  Hazardous  Substances  and  compliance with the provisions of this
Section  31  and inspect the Premises, Building and Property. Landlord may cause
tests  to  be  performed  for  Hazardous Substances on the Premises from time to
time. Tenant shall bear the cost of the first such test in any calendar year and
any  other  such  test  that occurs upon a reasonable suspicion by Landlord that
there  may  be  Hazardous  Substances  in  the Premises in violation of Tenant's
obligations  under  this  Lease.


<PAGE>
31.4     Survival.     The  provisions  of  this  Section  31  shall survive the
expiratiori  or termination of this Lease with respect to any occurrences during
the  Term.

32.     Signs.     Tenant  shall  not  place upon or install in windows or other
openings  or  exterior  sides  of  doors  or  walls of the Premises any symbols,
drapes, or other materials without the written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall
observe  and  comply  with  the  requirements of all Laws applicable to signage.

33.     General  Provisions.

33.1     Attorneys'  Fees.     In  the  event  Landlord  reasonably requires the
services  of  any attorney in connection with any Default or violation by Tenant
of  the  terms of this Lease or the exercise by Landlord of its remedies for any
Default by Tenant under this lease, or a request by Tenant for Landlord's waiver
of any terms of this Lease or extension of time to perform or pay any obligation
of  Tenant  under this Lease, Tenant shall promptly on demand reimburse Landlord
for  its  reasonable  attorneys' fees incurred in such instance. In the event of
any  litigation,  arbitration  or  other  proceeding  (including  proceedings in
bankruptcy  and  probate and on appeal) brought to enforce or interpret or other
wise  arising under this Lease, the substantially prevailing party therein shall
be  entitled  to  the award of its reasonable attorneys' fees, witness fees, and
court  costs  incurred  therein  and  in  preparation  therefor.

33.2     Governing Law; Venue.     This Lease shall be governed by and construed
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of Washington and venue for all
disputes  shall  be  in  King  County,  Washington.

33.3     Cumulative  Remedies.     No  remedy or election under this Lease shall
be  deemed  exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other
remedies  at  law  or  in  equity.

33.4     Exhibits;  Addenda.     Exhibits  and  Addenda, if any, affixed to this
Lease  are  a  part  of  and  incorporated  into  this  Lease.

33.5     Interpretation.     This  Lease  has  been submitted to the scrutiny of
all  parties hereto and their counsel, if desired, and shall be given a fair and
reasonable  interpretation  in  accordance  with  the  words  hereof,  without
consideration  or  weight  being  given  to its having been drafted by any party
hereto  or  its  counsel.

33.6     Joint  Obligation.     If  there  is  more  than  one Tenant under this
Lease,  the  obligations  hereunder  imposed  upon  Tenants  shall  be joint and
several.

33.7     Keys.     Upon  expiration  or  termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
surrender  all  keys  to  the  Premises  to Landlord at the place then fixed for
payment  of  Rent and shall inform Landlord of all combination locks, safes, and
vaults,  if  any,  in  the  Premises.

33.8     Late  Charges; Interest.     Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent
or  other  sums  due  under  this  Lease  will cause Landlord to incur costs not
contemplated  by  this  Lease,  the exact amount of which would be difficult and
impractical  to  ascertain. Such costs include without limitation processing and
accounting  charges  and  late  charges  which may be imposed on Landlord by the
terms  of  any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, Tenant
shall  pay to Landlord as Additional Rent a late charge equal to five percent of
such  installment  as  liquidated  damages for such late payment, other than for
time  value damages. A $50.00 charge will be paid by Tenant to Landlord for each
returned  check.  In  addition,  any  Rent or other sums due under this Lease to
Landlord  that is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate per annum of
two percent over the prime rate in effect at Bank of America d/b/a Seattle-First
National  Bank,  Seattle Head Office, on the day such Rent or other sum was due,
which  interest shall constitute Additional Rent under this Lease. The existence
or  payment  of  charges and interest under this Section shall not cure or limit
Landlord's  remedies  for  any  Default  by  Tenant  under  this  Lease.

33.9     Light.  Air.  and  View.     Landlord  does not guarantee the continued
present  status  of  light,  air,  or  view  in,  to  or  from  the  Premises.

33.10     Measurement  .     All  measurements  of  the  Premises stated in this
Lease,  even  if  approximations,  shall  govern  and  control  over  any actual
measurement  of  the Premises and reflect the inclusion of a load factor for the
Building.  The  Rent  provided  in  this  Lease  and Tenant's Share shall not be
modified  or  changed  by  reason  of  any  measurement or re-measurement of the
Premises  that may occur after the date of this Lease, and is agreed by Landlord
and  Tenant  to  constitute  the negotiated rent for the Premises. The foregoing
shall  not  be  deemed  to  modify  any  obligation of Landlord to construct the
Premises  in  accordance  with  the  Work  Letter.

33.11     Name.     Tenant  shall  not  use the name of the Building or Business
Park  for  any purpose other than as an address of the business conducted by the
Tenant  in  the  Premises.  The name of the Building or Business Park may at any
time  be  changed  by  Landlord.

33.12     Prior  Agreements;  Amendments          This  Lease is the full, final
and  complete  expression  of  the agreements of the parties with respect to any
matter  covered  or  mentioned  in  this  Lease,  and  no  prior  agreements  or
understandings,  promises  or  representations, oral or otherwise, pertaining to
any  such matters shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease
may  be  amended  or  added  to  except by an agreement in writing signed by the
parties  or  their  respective  successors  in interest. This Lease shall not be
effective  or  binding on any party until fully executed by both parties hereto.


<PAGE>
33.13     Recordation.     Tenant  shall  not  record this Lease or a short form
memorandum  of  this  Lease  without  the  prior  written  consent  of Landlord.

33.14     Liability.     Tenant agrees to look only to the equity of Landlord in
the  Building  and  Property  and not to Landlord personally with respect to any
obligations or payments due or which may become due from Landlord hereunder, and
no other property or assets of Landlord or any partners, officers, directors, of
Landlord  shall  be  personally  liable  in  connection  with  this  Lease

33.15     Severability  .     That any provision of this Lease is invalid, void,
or  illegal shall in no way affect, impair, or invalidate any other provision of
this  Lease  and  such  other  provision  shall remain in full force and effect.

33.16     Time.     Time  is  of  the  essence  of  this  Lease  and each of its
provisions.

33.17     Waiver.     No  provision  of  this Lease shall be deemed to have been
waived  by  Landlord  unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord's duly
authorized  representatives. The waiver by either party of any provision of this
Lease  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any provision, in
any  subsequent instance. The acceptance of rent by Landlord shall not be deemed
to  be  a waiver of any preceeding Default or breach by tenant under this Lease,
whether  known  or  unknown to Landlord, other than the failure of the tenant to
pay  particular  rent  so  accepted.

33.18     No  Waste.     Tenant  shall  not commit or suffer to be committed any
waste,  damage  or  nuisance  upon  the  Premises.

33.19     Force  Majeure.     If either party shall be prevented or delayed from
punctuality  performing  any  obligation  or satisfying any condition under this
Lease,  other  than  the  payment  of  Rent  or other sums due hereunder, by any
strike,  lockout,  labor  dispute,  inability  to  obtain  labor or materials or
reasonable  substitutes  therefor,  acts  of  God,  governmental  restriction,
regulation  or  control,  enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion,
insurrection,  sabotage,  fire  or  other  casualty, or any condition beyond the
reasonable  control  of  such party, then the time to perform such obligation or
satisfy  such  condition  shall be extended by the delay cause by such event. If
either  party  shall,  as  a result of any such event, be unable to exercise any
right or option within any time limit provided therefor in this Lease, such time
limit  shall  be deemed extended for a period equal to the duration of the delay
caused  by  such  event.

33.20     Quiet  Enjoyment.     Provided  Tenant  observes its obligations under
this lease, its quiet enjoyment of the premises throughout the Term shall not be
disturbed.

33.21     Building  Planning     In the event Landlord requires the premises for
use  in  conjunction  with another suite or for other reasons connected with the
Building  planning program, upon notifying the tenant in writing, Landlord shall
have  the  right  to  move  tenant  to  other space in the building of which the
Premises  form  a  part,  at Landlord's sole cost and expense, and the terms and
conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, save and
excepting  that  a  revised  Exhibit  A shall become part of the Lease and shall
reflect  the  location  of  the  new  space and Section 1 of this lease shall be
amended  to  include and state all correct data as to the new space. However, if
new  space  does not meet with Tenant's approval, Tenant shall have the right to
cancel  this Lease upon giving Landlord thirty (30) days' notice within ten (10)
days  of  receipt  of  Landlord's  notification.  If  Tenant  cancels this lease
pursuant  to  the  Section, Tenant shall vacate the Building and Premises within
ninety  (90)  days  of  delivery  to  Landlord  of  the  notice of cancellation.

34.     Authority  of  Tenant

34.1     Tenant  as Corporation.     If Tenant is a corporation, each individual
executing  this  Lease  on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants the (s)he is
duly  authorized  by  all necessary action of the directors of Tenant to execute
and  deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant, and that this Lease is binding upon
Tenant  in  accordance  with  its  terms.

34.2     Tenant  as  Partnership  or  LLC. If Tenant is a partnership or limited
liability  company,  each  individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of Tenant
represents  and  warrants  that  (s)he  is  duly  authorized  in accordance with
Tenant's  partnership  agreement  or  limited liability company agreement by all
necessary action of the partners or members or managers of Tenant to execute and
deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant, and, and that this Lease is binding upon
Tenant  in  accordance  with  its  terms.

35.     Financial  Statements.     Tenant shall furnish to Landlord from time to
time,  within  30  days  of  request, Tenant's most recent financial statements,
including  at  a  minimum  a  balance  sheet,  income statement and statement of
changes  in financial condition, or the equivalent, dated as of and for a period
ending  not more than one quarter prior to the date of delivery. Such statements
shall  be  in the form furnished to Tenant's principal lender and/or to Tenant's
shareholders or other owners, but at a rninimum shall be reviewed or compiled by
an  independent  certified  public  accountant.  Tenant  shall  accompany  such
statements with a certificate of its chief financial officer that the statements
fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of Tenant as of
and  for  the  period  ending on the date of such statements. Landlord shall not
request  financial  statements  under  this Section more than once each calendar
year.


<PAGE>
36.     Commissions.      Any  commissions  payable as a result of the execution
of  this  Lease  shall  be paid pursuant to a Separate commission contract. Each
party represents and warrants to the other that it has not had dealings with any
real  estate  broker  other  than  the  Broker identified in Section 1, agent or
salesperson  with respect to this Lease that would cause the other party to have
any liability for any commissions or other compensation to such broker, agent or
salesperson,  and  that  no  such  broker, agent or salesperson has asserted any
claim  or  right to any such commission or other compensation. Such representing
party  shall  defend  and  indemnify  the  other  party and hold the other party
harmless  from and against any and all loss, cost. liability, damage and expense
(including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  whatsoever  that may arise out of the
breach  of  such  representation  and  warranty.

EXECUTED  the  day  and  year  above  written.

LANDLORD:

RAZORE  LAND  COMPANY


By:  /s/  Jim  Sepic
Title:  Manager

TENANT:

By:  /s/  Dennis  McQuilliams
Title:  Vice  president  and  Chief  Technology  Officer


<PAGE>
EXHIBIT  A-1

Floor  Plan  of  Property

EXHIBIT  A-2

LEGAL  DESCRIPTION

A  portion  of  the  following  described  property:

Lots 24 and 25 of Quadrant Business Park - Bothell as recorded under Volume 131,
Pages  87-91,  King County Auditor. Portion of Sections 4, 5, and 9, Township 26
North,  Range  5 East, W.M., Recording Certificate No. 8508061034, and all areas
of  common  use  and  benefit  in  Quadrant  Business  Park  -Bothell.


<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 21.1

                                  Subsidiaries


     1.     Wpg.Net, Inc., a Washington corporation



     2.     Virtual Source, Inc., a Nevada corporation




<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.1
                         Consent of Independent Auditors


The Board of Directors
Vsource, Inc. (formerly Internactive
Buyers Network International, Ltd.):


     As  independent  auditors,  we  hereby  consent to the incorporation of our
report  on  the  financial statements of Interactive Buyer Network International
Ltd.  dated May 15, 1999 except for Note 10 to the financial statements which is
as  of  September  3,  1999,  in  this Form 10-KSB by reference to the Company's
registration  statement  on  Form  10SB previously filed with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (SEC  File  No.  000-26563).


/s/  Lucas, Horsfall, Murphy & Pindroh, LLP
Lucas, Horsfall, Murphy & Pindroh, LLP
Pasadena, California
May 10, 2000


<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1

<S>                                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                           YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                       JAN-31-2000
<PERIOD-START>                          FEB-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                            JAN-31-2000
<CASH>                                     5207167
<SECURITIES>                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    0
<ALLOWANCES>                                     0
<INVENTORY>                                      0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                           5207167
<PP&E>                                      240208
<DEPRECIATION>                              (17708)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             5540395
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                      6500909
<BONDS>                                          0
                            0
                                      0
<COMMON>                                    158071
<OTHER-SE>                                (1118585)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>               5540395
<SALES>                                       3500
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              3500
<CGS>                                            0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                              4626261
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            511962
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          388571
<INCOME-PRETAX>                           (5523294)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                       (5523294)
<DISCONTINUED>                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                              (5523294)
<EPS-BASIC>                                 (.40)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                 (.40)

<PAGE>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission